(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE CATALOG 

1995-1996 



LebanonWley College 

of Pennsylvania 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2011 with funding from 

LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley199596leba 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2 

Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3 

Undergraduate Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing Education 5 

Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7 

Degrees 7 

Graduation Requirements 8 

Non-traditional Credit 13 

Grading System 14 

Undergraduate Academic Programs 19 

General Education 19 

Honors Program 23 

Cooperative Programs 24 

Pre-Professional Programs 26 

Individualized Major 27 

General Studies : 27 

Internships 27 

Independent Study 28 

Tutorial Study 28 

Special Topics Courses 29 

Study Abroad ,29 

Special Programs 29 

Undergraduate Departments 30 

Graduate Academic Programs 125 

Directory 132 

Board of Trustees 132 

Administration 136 

Faculty 143 

Support Staff 157 

Awards 158 

Accreditation 159 

Campus Map 160 

Phone Numbers 163 

1995- 1996 Academic Calendar 164 



LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 



Founded: 1 866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Academy. 
Became a four-year institution by 1 883 as the lower grades were phased out. 

Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year 
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term. 

Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Associate of 
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration. 

Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry, biology, chemistry, 
computer science, economics, elementary education, English, French, general studies, 
German, health care management, history, hotel management, international business, 
management, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political science, psychobiology, 
psychology, religion, sociology, sound recording technology, Spanish. 

Special programs: military science (ROTC), secondary education certification; in coopera- 
tion with Thomas Jefferson University: cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging, 
occupational therapy, physical therapy; in cooperation with University of Pennsylvania and 
Case Western Reserve University: engineering; in cooperation with Duke University: 
forestry, environmental management; in cooperation with approved hospitals: medical 
technology, nuclear medicine technology. 

Special options: departmental honors, double majors, college honors program, independent 
study, individualized majors, internships, leadership studies program, tutorial study, study 
abroad, Washington semester program. 

Number of faculty: 71; of the permanent faculty 78 percent have earned a Ph.D. or 
equivalent terminal degree. 

Student-faculty ratio: 15:1, with an average class size of 25. 

Location: Annville, founded in 1 799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people located 
in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey,Pa., 10 minutes, Harrisburg, 1/2 hour; 
Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, D.C., 3 hours. 

Size of campus: 28 buildings. The library contains over 160,000 catalog items, and the 
college's five student computer labs house 127 personal computers. The sports center is 
nationally recognized for its water fitness program. 

Residence halls: Eleven residence halls housing 900 students in male, female and coed 
facilities. 

Student enrollment: 1150 full-time undergraduate students, with 487 part-time under- 
graduates and 209 graduate students. 

Student financial aid: approximately 80 percent receive financial aid. Total financial aid for 
1995 was $5,260,000. Average LVC grant was $4,700. 



THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE 

Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from its 
historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church. 

The motto of the college is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free" (John 
8:32). Our goal is to free students from ignorance, superstition, prejudice, and narrowness 
of vision. More than that, we aim to free them for a life of service to others. To that end we 
provide an education that helps students to acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values 
necessary to live and work in a rapidly changing, increasingly diverse, and environmentally 
fragile world. 

Through both curricular and co-curricular activities we endeavor to acquaint our students 
with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their abilities to 
think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise analysis and 
effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation of differences. 

The college aspires to pursue these goals within a community in which caring and concern 
for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty interacting closely with 
students. We encourage individual student development. We affirm the interconnection 
between liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation of wisdom, that 
is the capacity of judging rightly in manners of life and conduct, and a lifelong love for 
learning as the ultimate rewards of the educational experience. 




President John Synodinos meets with students for an informal discussion. 

3 



UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION 

Admission For Full Time Students 
High School Preparation 

All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from an 
accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16 units, 
4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 2 in mathematics, 1 in science and 1 in social 
studies. 

Application Procedure 

A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed application 
form with the required application fee, Scholastic Aptitude or American College Test results 
and an official transcript of high school grades. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon 
Valley must submit official transcripts of completed college or university work. 

All candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for 
admission into music, music education or sound recording technology programs are required 
to audition on campus; audition applications are available from the Admission Office. For 
further information contact: 

Admission Office 

Lebanon Valley College 

101 North College Avenue 

Annville,PA 17003-0501 

Phone: (717) 867-6181 or (800) 445-6181 

FAX: (717) 867-6026 

Student Finances 

Payment for tuition, room, board, and other charges is due by a published deadline prior to 
the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be required to make 
special arrangements with the Business Office before their course registrations will be 
processed. Questions about student finances should be addressed to the Business Office. 

Refund Policy 

Full-time students withdrawing from the school will receive a refund prorated according to 

the following schedule: 

Time Period Refund 

During the first week of classes 100% 

During the second week of classes 90% 

During the third and fourth week of classes 50% 

During the fifth through eighth week of classes 25% 

After the eighth week of classes NO REFUND 



Comprehensive Fee: non-refundable 
Room charges: non-refundable 
Board charges: prorated refund 

A $100 Administrative Fee will be assessed for withdrawals after the first week of class. 

Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing Educa- 
tion Office. 

Refund Policy During First Semester 

A student who is attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time will receive a refund 
according to the federal policy established by the Higher Education Amendments of 1992. 
The pro-rata refund policy applies to new students whose date of withdraw is within the first 
60 percent of the semester for which the student has been billed. This refund policy allows 
for a refund of tuition, fees, room and board for the portion of the semester for which the 
student has been charged that remains in this period but for which the student will not be 
enrolled. A copy of the federal pro-rata refund policy is on file in the Financial Aid Office. 

Alternative Payment Plan 

Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after exploring other 
options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. Two agents have been appointed 
to process deferred payment applications: 

Academic Management Services, Inc. T.I.P. 

50 Vision Boulevard (Tuition Installment Plan) 

P.O. Box 14608 P.O.Box 2541 

East Providence, RI 02914-0608 Harrisburg, PA 17105-2541 

Phone: 1-800-556-6684 Phone: 1-800-851-4770 

The college has no financial interest in either of these plans and offers them as a convenience 
to students and parents. 

Continuing Education Office 
Students may enroll part-time at Lebanon Valley College through Continuing Education. 
Students are considered part-time if they are enrolled for - 1 1 credit hours per semester. 
The Continuing Education Office offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate, 
baccalaureate, and diploma. Certificates are starter programs that approximate the beginning 
of a four-year college experience, ideal spring-boards from which to go on for an associate 
or bachelor's degree. Diploma programs are intended for persons who have already been 
awarded a bachelor's degree in one discipline and desire to study another discipline in some 
depth. 

A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already have received a 
bachelor of arts or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another accredited college or university. 




Meeting with a continuing education counselor is required 
prior to registering for courses. 



In such cases, students only must complete the major requirements for the second degree or 
a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater. 

Courses taught through Continuing Education are offered during evenings, weekend and 
summer sessions on the main campus in Annville and through our Lancaster Center on the 
Franklin & Marshall College Campus. The Continuing Education Office publishes course 
schedules for the fall, spring and summer sessions. To obtain copies of course schedules or 
get detailed information on all academic programs for adults call 7 1 7-867-62 1 3 in Annville 
or 717-399^4419 in Lancaster or write Continuing Education Office, Lebanon Valley 
College, Annville, PA 17003-0501. 

A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College' s Continuing Education degree 
programs must submit a completed application form with the required application fee. An 
official high school transcript is required if students have less than 24 semester hours of 
transferable college credits. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon Valley must submit 
official transcripts of any completed college or university courses. Official transcripts 
relating to military or business courses also may prove to be useful. Although students may 
begin taking classes before they have been accepted, they must speak with a counselor before 
registering for courses. To arrange an admission interview with a counselor call 717-867- 
62 1 3 in Annville or 7 1 7-399-44 1 9 in Lancaster. Decisions on all adult student applications 
usually are made within one month after the last required transcript is received. 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 

Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the necessary 
atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the college expects that the conduct 
of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The college has the right to require 
the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes of the institution. 
The following academic regulations are announcements and do not constitute a contract 
between the student and the college. The college reserves the right to change these regulations 
and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment of its purposes, but wherever 
possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the regulations in effect at the time of his/ 
her entrance at the college. 

Degrees 
Baccalaureate Degrees 

Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for students 
completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, economics, 
English, French, German, history, music, philosophy, political science, psychology, religion, 
sociology, Spanish and certain individualized majors. 

Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major programs: 
accounting, actuarial science, health care management, biochemistry, biology, chemistry, 
computer information systems, computer science, cooperative engineering, cooperative 
forestry, elementary education, hotel management, international business, management, 
mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology, and certain individualized majors. 
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, and Bachelor 
of Music: Emphasis in Sound Recording Technology for students completing requirements 
for the appropriate major program. 

Associate Degrees 

Through the Continuing Education Office part-time students may earn the Associate of 
Science degree in accounting, general studies or management, or the Associate of Arts degree 
in general studies. 

Privacy of Student Records 
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law which provides 
students the right to review their academic records, the right to challenge the contents of their 
records, and the right to confidentiality of their records. 

The Buckley Amendment allows the disclosure of basic directory data and, in the case of 
athletes, extends that information to relevant personal data and accomplishments. The 
College Relations Office uses permissible information from students' records to report on 
social and academic accomplishments. 



Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights and 
Privacy Act of 1 974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, 
was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students 
to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of 
inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the 
right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) 
concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act. 

Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with 
the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following offices: Office 
of the Registrar, Office of Student Services and Office of the Dean of the College. The policy 
is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices mentioned also maintain a 
Directory of Records which lists all education records maintained on students by this 
institution. 

Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the 
Registrar's Office. 

Credit Hours 
A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit designation 
approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A course requiring 
three hours of class attendance each week will carry three credit hours. Credit for laboratories 
is generally awarded at one-half the regular rate. 

Graduation Requirements 
Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 1 20 credit hours including 
the requirements for the general education program (see page 19), and the requirements for 
majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three separate categories: 
general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. 

In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected 
from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education 
requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one 
physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season 
of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of military science. 
Continuing education students are exempt from the physical education requirement. 

Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours including the 
course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 1 8 credit hours toward the 
degree must be in residence. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a major 
grade point average of 2.00 

The general education program is that part of the curriculum that is shared by all students in 
all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. 



The major programs each require at least 24 credit hours of course work. 

Electives are those courses selected by the student that reflect neither major nor general 
education requirements. 

Candidates for degrees must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the 36 taken 
immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the college's programs qualify 
as work done in residence. 

Advising Program 
Each student has a faculty adviser whose role is to counsel about registration procedures, 
course selections, academic requirement, and regulations. The student is required to obtain 
the adviser's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal, election of pass/fail 
option, and/or change in credit/audit status. 

Arrangement of Schedules 
Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with, and by approval 
of, his or her faculty adviser. Students already in attendance do this during registration 
periods. New students accomplish this on orientation days. 

Limit of Hours 
To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester. 
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's 
adviser and permission of the registrar. Audited courses are counted in determining the 
course load, but music organizations are not. To be permitted to take more than 17 credits the 
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or be enrolled in the 
Honors Program, or be a senior. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit 
hour beyond 17 (not counting music organizations). 

Class Standing 
Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the 
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum of 28, 
56, or 84 credit hours respectively. 

Transfer Credit 
A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited institution 
shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the student must 
provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the other institution 
or institutions. 

Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- (1.67) or better and the work is 
equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus transferred 
count for credit hours only, not for quality points. 



A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited college 
can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended institution. 
Course work in the major field, however, for which the applicant has received a D shall not 
be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement. 

Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full acceptance 
of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candidate has followed 
a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic programs of the college 
and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 credits will be accepted for an 
associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A maximum of 90 credit hours will 
be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. 

In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate degree within 
two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or the nature of the 
previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant will normally be 
notified at the time of admission. 

Discontinuance of Courses 
The college reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. 

Registration and Preregistration 
Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. Preference 
is given to upperclass students in the preregistration process to insure registration in courses 
required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the designated times 
shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after the opening of 
the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar. 

On entering Lebanon Valley College students indicate that they are open or that they have 
a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major during the 
second semester of their freshmen year, and must make a formal declaration by the time they 
have completed 60 credit hours. 

Change of Registration 
Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, changes 
from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the adviser. In most 
instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has been in session 
for one full week. With the permission of the adviser, a student may withdraw from a course 
during the first ten (10) weeks of the semester. However, first semester freshmen may 
withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semester classes with permission 
of the adviser. A fee is charged for every change of course made at the student's request after 
Add/Drop Day. 

Auditing Courses 
Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic adviser. Audited 

10 



courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours which may 
result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, but the registrar 
will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A change of registration 
from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished by the end of the tenth week 
of semester classes. 

Pass/Fail 
After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours) a student may elect to take up to two 
courses per semester and one per summer session on pass/fail basis; however, only six such 
courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected by students to 
be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general education program, 
the major(s), the minor(s), and secondary education certification. A student may select or 
cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the first ten weeks of a semester. Passing with 
honors will be designated by the grade PH indicating that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. 

Repetition of Courses 
A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course, subject 
to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by the college 
at the Annville campus and/or the Lancaster center or Pennsylvania School of Art & Design 
in Lancaster. Semester hours credit are given only once. The grade received each time taken 
is computed in the semester grade point average. Each semester grade report will show hours 
credit each time passed, but the total hours toward a degree will be equal only to the semester 
hours credit for the course. For a course previously passed P/F, the grade received in the 
subsequent registration for regular grade is the "higher grade." Each grade received remains 
on the permanent record and a notation is made thereon that the course has been repeated. 

Concurrent Courses 
A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses concur- 
rently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her adviser and the registrar. 

External Summer Courses 
A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses taken 
during the summer in another college, unless such courses have prior approval of his or her 
adviser and the registrar. 

Attendance Policy 
Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course, 
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester the instructors shall 
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations shall 
make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. Upon the recommendation of 
the instructor and the approval of the registrar a grade of W will be assigned during the first 
ten (10) weeks of the semester, and an F will be assigned after that date. 

Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course 
requirements. 

11 



In— Absentia 

The college treats students in domestic or foreign study programs and in the Washington 
Semester Program as students-in-absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or 
academic year at another institution but with the intent of returning to the college is 
considered a matriculated student. A student desiring in-absentia status should complete the 
form in the registrar's office and secure the approval of the adviser, the registrar and the 
associate dean for international programs. Students will receive information on registration 
and room sign-up after they notify the registrar of their address abroad or in the United States. 

Leave of Absence 
For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances students may request a voluntary 
leave from the college for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a leave should 
complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of the senior vice 
president and dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students and 
retain their status for registration or room sign-up. Students on leave will receive information 
on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The college reserves the right to 
require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time it is deemed reasonably necessary 
to protect the student, other students, members of the college community, or the interests of 
the college itself. Before a student returns from a medical leave of absence, a clearance 
interview with one of the counseling psychologists, the dean of students or the senior vice 
president and dean of the faculty as well as additional documentation may be required. 

Withdrawal from College and Readmission 
To withdraw from college a student must complete an official withdrawal form obtained from 
the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official withdrawal form 
obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a student requires written 
permission from the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. 

Advanced Placement 
Advanced placement with credit for appropriate courses shall be granted to entering students 
who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations. For scores 
of 3, final determination is made by the appropriate department. Advanced placement 
without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement Tests of the College Board 
examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be determined by the registrar and by the 
chairperson of the department. 

Second Bachelor's Degrees 
A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another 
accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the 
following requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully at 
Lebanon Valley. 

2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met satisfactorily. 

12 



3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be used to 
satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major. 

4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second degree 
program. 

5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MSC 44 1 ) may 
be counted toward a second degree. 

6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to meet any 
Lebanon Valley general education requirements. 

7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such non- 
traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience. 

8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree. 

9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken Pass/Fail. 

Undergraduate Non-Traditional Credit 
Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to master 
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these students 
the opportunity to gain credit. Any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits 
toward a bachelor' s degree or a maximum of 1 5 credits toward an associate' s degree through 
non-traditional means (experiential credit, advanced placement, CLEP, challenge exams). 

Challenge Exams Policy 
Only the courses listed in the college curriculum may be challenged for credit. Full-time 
students should request challenge examinations through their academic advisers. Part-time 
students and those students enrolled through the continuing education program should make 
application of challenge exams through the Continuing Education Office. All requests must 
be approved by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course is 
listed. 

Challenge exams are considered to be comprehensive examinations in the subject area and 
are graded Pass/Fail. The grading criteria for passing a challenge exam shall be determined 
by each department. There is a fee for each challenge examination. This fee is for preparation 
and grading of the examination and is charged without regard to the test results. Challenge 
exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a course equivalent to 
or more advanced than the course for which the student is requesting credit by examination. 
Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquiring credit for a course previously 
failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research courses, independent study, and courses 
with required laboratory components are not subject to credit by examination. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy 
Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are 
approved by the college. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th percentile on 
the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic department, 
on the essay section. 



13 



A maximum of 6 credits shall be awarded for each examination; of these credits, only 3 may 
be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. Credit shall be 
granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College. Normally, 
requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student has completed 
30 credits. 

Credit for Life Experience Policy 
Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit for 
knowledge acquired through non-academic experience in subjects in the college curriculum. 
The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in the college 
curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive knowledge in 
the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such credit may petition 
the appropriate department through their academic advisers. Students enrolled in the 
Continuing Education program must petition through the Continuing Education Office. This 
petition must: 

(1) detail the relevant experience in question 

(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence 

(3) note the equivalent college course by department and number 

(4) state the number of credit hours sought. 

The appropriate department will consult with the academic adviser or the Continuing 
Education Office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for 
evaluating the experience. 

Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the 
signatures of the academic adviser, the appropriate department chairperson, and the dean of 
the college. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled through the continuing 
education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the director of continuing 
education, the appropriate department chairperson, and the senior vice president and dean of 
the faculty. 

Experiential credit cannot exceed six credit hours in one academic year and cannot exceed 
a maximum of twelve credit hours in the degree program. 

Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages 
Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and 
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour in a 
course, students receive the following quality points: 



A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 



C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


.67 


F 


.00 



14 



F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade point 
averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality points by 
the credit hours completed. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00, and a major 
grade point average of 2.00. Only grades in courses taken at Lebanon Valley College, the 
Lebanon Valley College in Cologne Program; Regents College, London; Anglia Polytechnic 
University, England; The Athens Centre, Greece; Universite de Montpellier, France; 
Universidad de Salamanca, Spain; and the Washington Semester Program are used to 
determine grade point averages. 

Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1 , 1989 must meet graduation 
requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All students and 
continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989 must meet graduation require- 
ments of earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00 grade point 
average in their major, any second major, and any minor. 

A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he/she has failed. 

In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work is 
incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the 
prior consent of the instructor), but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed 
within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F. Appeals for 
an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next semester. 
W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes, except for 
first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester. For physical 
education a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded. 

Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the instructor 
and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact the instructor 
at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the course in question. 

Grades are sent to the parents and/or guardians of full-time students who meet the Internal 
Revenue Service regulations for dependent status. Independent full-time students must 
notify the registrar and provide adequate documentation of their status. 

Academic and Graduation Honors 
The Dean 's List 

Students achieving a 3 .40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 1 2 credit hours 
for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester. 

Continuing education students shall be named to the Continuing Education Dean's List by 
meeting the following terms: 



15 



(1) must be matriculated in certificate, degree or teacher certification programs 

(2) must be enrolled for at least 6 credit hours 

(3) must achieve a minimum semester grade point average of 3.40 

Graduation Honors 

After completing a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence work a student may qualify for 
graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are Summa Cum Laude for grade point 
averages of 3.75 - 4.0, Magna Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.60 - 3.74, and Cum 
Laude for grade point averages of 3.40 - 3.59. 

Departmental Honors 

All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the junior 
and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the appropriate 
department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors are a cumulative 
GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and the time of graduation; a written thesis; 
an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time members of the 
department.. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own choosing under the 
supervision of a faculty adviser. Opportunity also exists to do creative work. A maximum of 
9 hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 

Students graduating with grade point averages of 3 .50 or higher are eligible for induction into 

Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence 

work. 

Academic Dishonesty 
Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty 
shall not be tolerated. 

For the first academic dishonesty offense, no action shall be taken beyond failure from the 
course, at the option of the faculty member. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student 
by the senior vice president and dean of the faculty, explaining the policy regarding further 
offenses, and the right of appeal. 

For a second offense, failure in the course is mandatory, and the dean shall so inform the 
faculty member(s) involved. Additionally, the senior vice president and dean of the faculty 
has the authority to take further action, up to and including expulsion from the college. 

For a third offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the college are mandatory. 

The senior vice president and dean of the faculty has the authority to make a determination 
of whether actions or reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute academic 
dishonesty "offenses" as above. 



16 



Information related to academic dishonesty offenses must be passed by the faculty member 
to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. The dean shall retain the information for 
at least as long as the student involved is enrolled at the college. Information and evidence 
concerning academic dishonesty are the property of the college. 

All actions against a student for academic dishonesty offenses can be appealed to the senior 
vice president and dean of the faculty, who will serve as final arbiter. 

Probation and Suspension 
Students can be placed on academic probation, suspended or dismissed if their academic 
standing fails to come up to the grade point average shown in the following table: 



Semester 




Suspension or 


Hours 


Probation 


Dismissal 


1-18 


1.50 




19-36 


1.60 


1.50 cumulative 


37-54 


1.70 




55-72 


1.80 


1 .70 cumulative 


73-90 


1.90 




9 1 or more 


2.00 


1 .90 cumulative 



A student placed on academic probation is notified of such status by the senior vice president 
and dean of the faculty and informed of the college regulations governing probationers. 
Students on probation are expected to regulate their work and their time in a most determined 
effort to bring their performances up to the required standard. A student on probation who 
desires to begin a new activity or continue in an activity already begun, shall submit an appeal 
to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. After consultation with the student's 
major adviser and parents, the senior vice president and dean of the faculty will render a 
binding decision. 

A student suspended for academic reasons normally is not eligible for reinstatement for one 
semester. A student seeking reinstatement must petition in writing to the senior vice president 
and dean of the faculty. 

A student twice suspended shall be considered for readmission only after completing 
appropriate academic work at an accredited college. 

Veterans' Services 
Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment to the 
registrar after they register for each semester or summer session. The registrar will then 
submit certification to the Veterans Administration. 

Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete the 
appropriate forms in the registrar's office before certification will be sent to the Veterans 
Administration. 

17 



Students eligible for veterans benefits who remains on academic probation for two consecu- 
tive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans with 
questions about the college or their status with the college should contact the registrar. 

Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges 
Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of Servicemember's 
Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing post secondary 
education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon Valley College 
recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has committed itself to easing the 
transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency requirements, and crediting 
learning from appropriate military training and experiences. 

Teacher Certification for Non-Matriculated Students 
Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: students 
with degrees from other colleges, or teachers seeking certification in other fields, or Lebanon 
Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students must present 
official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to the registrar. The 
Education Department, the registrar and the appropriate academic department shall evaluate 
the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A fee shall be charged for this 
service. 




Students take a break between classes. 
18 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

General Education Program 
Through the General Education Program the college most directly expresses its commitment 
to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The program has four 
components: communications, liberal studies, foreign studies and disciplinary perspectives. 
This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly competent, skilled in communica- 
tion, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant and able to continue to learn in a rapidly 
changing world. 

The General Education Program aims to help students: 

• strengthen their capacities for critical thinking and rational analysis; 

• practice clear and effective communication; 

• learn methods essential for study and research; 

• develop breadth through fundamental studies in basic liberal arts disciplines; 

• improve their ability to make informed aesthetic and moral assessments; 

• understand and appreciate cultures and traditions different from their own; 

• integrate different ways of learning and understanding. 

The program consists of course work in the following four areas: 

Communications. 15 credit hours. 

English Communications (2 courses) 
Writing Requirement (3 courses) 
Electronic Information Proficiency 

This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in life. 
Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide opportunities 
to practice and refine them throughout the student's college career. 

English Communication. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the related 
skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing, and bibliographic access through 
database searching. 

Requirement: ENG 111/112. 

Writing Requirement. In addition to English communication, students must complete three 
courses designated Writing Intensive preferably during the sophomore, junior and senior 
years. In these courses faculty will also teach writing and will make evaluation of writing 
quality an important factor in the course grade. 

Requirement: Three courses from an approved list. 



19 



Approved: AMS 253; BIO 103, 307, 312, 322; CHM 222, 321, 322; ECN 312, 321, 332, 
401, 411; ELM 361, 499; ENG 213, 221, 222, 225, 226, 311, 315, 332, 334, 
335, 341, 342, 343, 499; FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GPY 212; GMN 400- 
419, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 225, 226, 227, 253, 321, 322, 325, 326; HON 
500; LSP 350; MGT 325, 326, 330, 420, 425, 480, 485; MSC 120, 334, 341, 
342;PHL215, 300, 301-335,336, 349; PSC 220; PSY 120, 321, 339, 343,443; 
REL 3 11, 3 12, 322, 342; SOC 322, 324, 33 1,333, 362, 382; SPA 3 10, 410, 420, 
430, 440, 450, 460. 

Electronic Information Proficiency. There is no specific computer course requirement. 
Courses in the General Education Program will build on the base established in English 
Communications to include other computer applications and modes of information access 
and retrieval as appropriate. 

Liberal Studies. 27-29 credit hours. 

3 courses in each group with at least 1 course from each area. 
Group I Group II Group III 

History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art 

Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy 

Courses in this component provide breadth by introducing fundamental concepts, methods, 
and content in disciplines essential to a liberal education. 

Requirement: Three courses from each group with at least one from each area. 

Group I 
Area 1 : History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of the 
principal developments in European and American history. 

Approved: AMS 111; HIS 101, 102, 111, 112, 125, 126. 

Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social 
organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships 
among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theories 
and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to evaluate, 
integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior. 

Approved: ECN 100, 101; HON 202; PSC 111, 112, 130; PSY 100; SOC 110, 120. 

Group II 
Area 3 : Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, develop 
an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the practice of 
science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and technology. 



20 



Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111, 112; CHM 100, 111/113, 112/1 14;PHY 100, 103, 104, 
111, 112;PSY210;SCI100. 

Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathematical 
constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers and 
limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society. 

Approved: MAS 100, 111, 112, 150, 161, 162, 170, 270. 

Group in 
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of artistic 
expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and 
appreciate works of art, music, and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic 
experience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment. 

Approved: ART 1 10, 201, 203; ENG 200, 221, 222, 227, 228; HON 204; MSC 
100, 120, 200, 342. 

Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical 
perspectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments 
and value systems are grounded in particular world views. Students are encouraged to 
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for 
other value systems. 

Approved: HON 203; PHL 1 10, 160, 230, 240; REL 1 10, 120, 160. 

Foreign Studies. 9 credit hours. 
2 courses in a foreign language. 
1 course from a list approved for this component. 

This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel and trade 
increasingly juxtapose different cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students understand, 
interpret, and appreciate different cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems 
different from their own. 

Foreign Language. By learning another language students see the world from a perspective 
essentially different from their native tongue and culture. These courses help students 
understand that all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each 
language provides special access to a particular human society. 

Requirement: Two courses. 



21 



Options: 1. Continue a previously studied language (2 or more years) at the intermediate 
level. FRN, GER, RSN, SPA 201/202. 

2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, RSN, SPA 101/102. 

3. Repeat the elementary level (no language study for 5 full , GMN, 
RSN, SPA 101/102. 

4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG department). 
Foreign Studies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle 
East, and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious, or 
economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare European societies 
with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long as these other consider- 
ations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially different cultures. 

Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list. 

Approved: ENG 390; HIS 271, 273, 275, 277, 279; PSC 140, 150,211;REL 115, 116; 
SPA 460. 

Disciplinary Perspectives. 3 credit hours. 

1 course from a list approved for this component. 

Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one discipline. This 
component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disciplines to 
the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches from at least two 
disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives, and challenge them 
to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing is required. 

Requirement: one course from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 311; DSP 390; ECN 390; HIS/MGT 325, 326; LSP 350; MGT 390; 
PHL 334, 349 or REL 342; PSC 390; PSY 390; REL 253, 332, 390. 

Interdisciplinary Course (DSP): 

DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disciplinary 
perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use of this 
opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course selection 
booklet which appears before registration each semester will describe individual courses in 
this category. 3 credits. 

A student may petition the senior vice president and dean of the faculty to substitute another 
course in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the program. 



22 



Honors Program 
The honors program is designed for superior students who are keenly motivated to expand 
their intellectual horizons, develop their originality and curiosity, and challenge their 
intellectual abilities. 

The program seeks to sharpen critical and analytical thinking, develop verbal and written 
expression, encourage intellectual independence, and foster sensitive and informed investi- 
gation of human values. 

To achieve these goals, the program offers a demanding, stimulating and integrated 
alternative to a portion of the general requirements of the college. 

Entering students and freshmen are selected for the program on the basis of interviews and 
scholastic records. Any student who has a 3 .0 grade point average or better after the freshman 
year may enter the honors program after consultation with the honors director. 

Program Requirements: 

Students graduate with college honors if they have completed HON 201 or ENG 111-112, 
HON 202, 203, 204, one honors seminar and one independent study project, and have a 3.0 
grade point average or better overall. In addition to the honors program and major 
requirements, honors students must complete the general education program of the college. 

Courses in Honors (HON): 

201. Honors Communication. Writing and speaking clear, grammatical and articulate 
English. Listening and reading well. Searching information sources and applying those 
sources ethically. Analyzing and drawing conclusions. 3 credits. 

202. The Individual and Society. An investigation into the structures of society, their origins, 
and their impact upon human values. Emphasis on the interaction of the individual and the 
socio-cultural environment. Evaluation of the approaches of the various social sciences. 

3 credits. 

203. Human Existence and Transcendence. A close examination of questions and issues 
pertaining to human existence and the ways in which humankind has attempted, religiously 
and philosophically, to rise above the conditions of human existence. This course seeks to 
describe and examine the commonalities and differences between religion and philosophy as 
each discipline addresses itself to existence and transcendence. 3 credits. 

204. Human Creativity. A study of the major forms of literature, music, and plastic art, 
designed to acquaint students with functions, values and aesthetic and cultural contexts of art, 
as well as to enhance their response to art works. 3 credits. 

Honors Seminar. The honors seminar is an intensive study of topics offered for junior and 
senior honors students. The honors students choose the topic for the seminar, help select the 
instructor and assist in the design of the seminar with the instructor. Each participant in the 

23 



honors program shall complete one honors seminar. 

Honors Project Study . An independent study project, the capstone of the honors program, 
provides the opportunity to carry out an extensive academic study of the student's own 
design. The project, overseen by a faculty director and two faculty readers, must be approved 
by the honors directors well as the faculty team. When acceptable to an academic department 
such independent study may serve as the basis for departmental honors. Upon completion, 
the project will be presented publicly. 3 credits. 

Cooperative Programs 
Allied Health Professions 

Lebanon Valley College has established a cooperative program with Thomas Jefferson 
University in Philadelphia, Pa., for students interested in the allied health professions. The 
College of Allied Health Sciences of Thomas Jefferson University offers baccalaureate 
programs in cy to technology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging (radiography/ultrasound), 
nursing, and occupational therapy, and also offers an entry-level master's program in 
physical therapy. 

Students spend two years at Lebanon Valley College taking required courses in the basic 
sciences and other disciplines. During the second year, application is made to Thomas 
Jefferson University. Admission to Thomas Jefferson University is not automatic, and 
depends upon the academic record, recommendations and an interview. If accepted, the 
student spends two years (three years for physical therapy) at Thomas Jefferson University 
taking professional and clinical courses. Upon successful completion of the program, the 
student is awarded a baccalaureate degree (or master's, for physical therapy) by Thomas 
Jefferson University. 

Lebanon Valley College also maintains a cooperative program with Hahnemann University 
in Philadelphia for students interested in medical technology ("2+3"). Students spend two 
years at Lebanon Valley and three years at Hahnemann University. The program at 
Hahnemann University combines both classroom/laboratory study and off-campus work 
experience. Admission procedures are similar to those described above. Upon successful 
completion of this program, the student is awarded the baccalaureate degree by Hahnemann 
University. 

Engineering 

In the cooperative "3+2" engineering program a student earns a B.S. degree from Lebanon 
Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from another institution. 
Lebanon Valley has cooperative agreements with Case Western Reserve University, Cleve- 
land, Ohio; University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia; and Widener University, Chester, Pa. 
Students who pursue this cooperative engineering program take three years of work at 
Lebanon Valley College and then usually take two additional years of work in engineering. 



24 



Forestry and Environmental Studies 

Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the liberal 
arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for admission 
to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke University, School 
of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first year of the two-year (plus 
one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the Bachelor of Science 
degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program at Duke, the student 
will receive the professional degree of Master of Forestry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental 
Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may major in biology, economics, 
political science, or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. 

Program Requirements: 

Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental studies 
through the cooperative program ("3+2") with Duke University may major in biology, 
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley. All such students shall take 
BIO 111, 112, 302;ECN 101, 102; MAS 161 or 111; MAS 170, regardless of major, and shall 
meet the general requirements of the college. 

Medical Technology and Nuclear Medicine Technology 

The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the 
requirements of the college and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies to a hospital with 
a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he/she spends the fourth year in 
training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the academic record, recommenda- 
tions and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the clinical year, the student is 
awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by Lebanon Valley 
College. The college is affiliated with the following hospitals: Sacred Heart Hospital (in 
Allentown), Polyclinic Medical Center of Harrisburg, Jersey Shore Medical Center-Fitkin 
Hospital, Lancaster General Hospital, and Reading Hospital and Medical Center. However, 
the student is not limited to these affiliations and may seek acceptance at other approved 
hospitals. (Refer to the Allied Health Professions section for additional programs in medical 
technology.) 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Major: BIO 1 1 1 , 1 12, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology; CHM 1 1 1 , 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 
213, 214, 215, 216; Phy 103, 104; MAS 170(51 credits). The senior year is spent off-campus 
at an accredited hospital school of medical technology. It is the student's responsibility to 
apply and become accepted into a hospital program. Thirty (30) semester hours of credit are 
awarded for the successful completion of this year. 

In addition to the degree described above, Lebanon Valley College also offers a cooperative 
program in medical technology with Thomas Jefferson University and a "2+3" program with 
Hahnemann University, both in Philadelphia. 

25 



The college offers a program for students interested in nuclear medicine technology ("3+1"). 
The college is affiliated with the schools of nuclear medicine technology at the University 
of Virginia Medical Center and J.F. Kennedy Medical Center, Edison, N.J. Admission is not 
automatic and depends upon the academic record, recommendations and an interview. 
Application may also be made to other accredited programs. Upon successful completion of 
the program, the student is awarded the baccalaureate degree by Lebanon Valley College. 

P re-Professional Programs 
Pre-Law Program 

Although there is no pre-law major or department, a pre-law student is advised to take certain 
courses which will help prepare him or her for law school and a legal career. Each student 
should confer with the pre-law adviser in selecting a specific pattern of courses appropriate 
to that student's objectives. Generally recommended courses are as follows: ACT 161, ECN 
101, 102, MGT371.372, PSC 111, 112, 315, 316, and 415. 

Pre-Medical, P re-Dentistry, P re-Veterinary 

Lebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine, 
osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields. 
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major 
in biochemistry, biology, chemistry or psychobiology. 

In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the student 
who is interested in veterinary medicine may participate in a cooperative program between 
the college and local veterinarians, specializing in both small and large animal medicine. 
Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable experience in the field. 

For those students interested in podiatry, Lebanon Valley College and the Pennsylvania 
College of Podiatric Medicine have established an accelerated curriculum consisting of a 
minimum of 90 undergraduate semester hours and four years of podiatric medical education. 
Following three years of study at Lebanon Valley College a student may be recommended 
for further study at the Pennsylvania College of Podiatric Medicine. Lebanon Valley College 
then awards the baccalaureate degree, with a major in biochemistry, biology, chemistry or 
psychobiology, to those students who complete successfully one year of basic science 
education at the Pennsylvania College of Podiatric Medicine. 

A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to offering 
advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers. 

Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest schools 
including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, The University of Pennsylvania, The 
University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson Medical School, The Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, 
Temple University, The University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic 
Medicine, The Pennsylvania College of Podiatric Medicine and the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry. 



26 



Individualized Major 
The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of 
concentration which is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty 
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource for 
those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into 
traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the college and its faculty are 
willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses. 

A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application which includes 
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty 
advisers for the proposed major which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 level. 

The student should submit the application to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty 
for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisers. Any changes in the 
program must be submitted to the dean for approval. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration) 
with an individualized major. 

Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus those 
courses to meet the general requirements of the college. 

General Studies Program 
The associate degree program in general studies is intended for continuing education 
students who do not wish to concentrate in a single area. With the help of an advisor, students 
select their courses freely from among the arts, humanities, sciences, and social sciences. 

Degree: Associate of Arts or Associate of Science with a major in General Studies. Open only 
to part-time students matriculated through the Continuing Education Office. 

Requirements: 27 credits from the general requirements including ENG 111, 112, and one 
course from each of the liberal studies and foreign studies areas; 33 credits of free electives; 
a cumulative grade point average of 2.00. 

Internships 
An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to 
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government, or not-for-profit 
organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their classroom 
learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their liberal arts 
education in a variety of settings. 

To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a student 
generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive permission 
from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships. The student 

27 



must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsoring the internship 
and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location. Application forms for 
internships are available in the office of the registrar. The application form shall be completed 
by the student and approved by the student' s academic adviser, faculty internship supervisor, 
on-site internship supervisor, and the department chairperson prior to registration. 

For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at the 
internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific criteria and 
procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, internships have 
an academic component which may include readings, reports, journals, seminars, and/or 
faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of internship during any one 
semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to meet graduation 
requirements. All internships have a course number of 400. 

Independent Study 
Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised reading, 
research, or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independent study 
should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to approximate an 
existing course or to cover projects more properly described as internships. Junior or senior 
standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 are required. 

For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 45 clock 
hours of time in reading, research, or report writing. The independent study involves a 
contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who will oversee 
the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study will be available in the 
office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and approved by the 
student's faculty adviser, the contract instructor and the department chairperson. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any one 
semester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward the 
graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500. 

Tutorial Study 
Tutorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing formal course 
in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students desiring a 
tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to supervise the study 
on a one on one basis. 

For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of time in 
the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the student and 
the faculty adviser. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, report writing, 
faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the same course 
number as the existing formal catalog course. 



28 



Special Topics Courses 
From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following course 
numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal courses 
that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently. These 
courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or special interest. 
Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A specific course 
title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record. 

Study Abroad 
Students have opportunity for study abroad through the college's membership in the 
International Student Exchange Program, which consists of a network of more than 150 
colleges and universities in 24 countries and in DIS in Denmark. Additionally, the college 
has affiliation agreements with Regent's College in London; Anglia Polytechnic University, 
England; The University of Surrey, England; and The Athens Centre, Greece. A consortium 
consisting of Allegheny College, Gettysburg College and Lebanon Valley College sponsors 
a Program in Cologne, Germany; and the college has also recently established programs with 
the Universite de Montpellier, France, and the Universidad de Salamanca, Spain. The college 
also assists students in locating and gaining admission to other foreign study programs; 
however participation in programs other than the International Student Exchange Program 
may affect the level of financial aid provided. In all cases, the proposed course of study must 
be approved by the appropriate department. See In-Absentia on page 12. 

Washington Semester Program 
Juniors and seniors in any major field, who have at least a 2.5 grade point average and have 
had basic courses in American national government, are eligible to participate in this program 
with approval of their department chairperson. This program is offered in cooperation with 
The American University in Washington, D.C. Information is available from the chairperson 
of the Department of Political Science and Economics. See In-Absentia on page 12. 



29 



UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 

DEPARTMENT OF ART 

The Art Department, through course work and the minor program, provides an opportunity 
for creative expression and a richer understanding of accomplishments in the visual arts. 

Art Program 
Degree Requirements: 
No major is offered in art. 
Minor: ART 1 10, 121, 201, 203, 1 elective course in art (15 credits). 

Courses in Art (ART): 

110. Introduction to Art. An exploration of meaning in the visual arts. The subject is 
approached through discussions of perception, the aesthetic experience, and form/content 
analyses of painting, sculpture, and architecture. 3 credits. 

121. Drawing I. An introduction of the fundamentals of drawing. Students will practice 
seeing and rendering the contour line, the gestural line, mass and volume, texture, negative 
space and linear relationships. A variety of drawing media will be explored. 3 credits. 

122. Drawing II. An introduction to advanced drawing skills. Students will practice and 
improve the fundamental drawing skills emphasized in Drawing I. Students learn to shift their 
attention from the isolated object to the whole image, focusing on the creation of three- 
dimensional space in a fully realized composition. The figure and the landscape will serve 
as the subjects. Toward the end of the semester color will be introduced. Prerequisite: ART 
121 or permission. 3 credits. 

201. Art History I. Prehistoric through Medieval Art. A survey of painting, sculpture and 
architecture beginning with prehistoric sites in Europe and the Near East, followed by studies 
of ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome, Europe in the Middle Ages, and Non- 
Western art. 3 credits. 

203. Art History II. Renaissance to 20th century. A survey of individual masters and their 
major schools, the course covers the period from the close of the medieval era to the modern 
day and includes stylistic analyses and historical contexts for painting, sculpture, and 
architecture of each period. 3 credits. 

205. American Art History . An examination of the architecture, painting, sculpture, and the 
decorative arts from the colonial period to the present day. 3 credits. 

401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in 
elementary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation 
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes. 3 credits. 



30 



Faculty 
Leslie E. Bowen, adjunct instructor in art. 
M.F.A., Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Art. 
She teaches the Introduction to Art. 

David R. Brigham, assistant professor of art and American studies. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Dr. Brigham is an art historian and is the director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery. 

Holly Trostle Brigham, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.F.A., The George Washington University. 

An artist who specializes in the human figure. She teaches drawing and painting. 

James Gallagher, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.Ed., Temple University, Tyler School of Art. 

Studied Celtic and Ancient European cultures. He sculpts and paints and teaches ceramics. 

Amy Ludwig Heinly, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.F.A., Marywood College. 

Has exhibited throughout the east coast. Teaches Introduction to Art. 

G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence. 

M.F.A., University of Kansas. 

He has achieved national status as a pastel artist. 

Phyllis Norton, adjunct instructor in art. 

Dual certification in art and elementary education. 

Brings 25 years of classroom experience to teaching Art in the Elementary School. 

Marie Riegle, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University. 

Writes for young people and recently won a prize in a national competition. She teaches 

drawing and the Introduction to Art. 

R. Gordon Wise, adjunct professor of art. 

Ed.D., University of Missouri. 

Dr. Wise is a Professor of Art at Millersville University and specializes in art education. 



31 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Biology Program 
The aims of the program for biology majors are: 

(1) to provide a thorough understanding of the principles of biology and background in 
disciplines basic to biology; 

(2) to develop skills in the application of the scientific method and in the retrieval and 
communication of technical information; 

(3) to train students for employment at the baccalaureate level and to provide preparation for 
those interested in graduate, professional and medical programs. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology. 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 201, 499; one course each in the general areas of physiology, cellular 
and subcellular biology, botany, and morphology, and 4 additional hours of biology (33 
credits). CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216 (16 credits); PHY 103, 1 04 or 1 1 1, 1 12; 
MAS 161 or 1 1 1 (61-63 total credits). 

Minor: BIO 101, 102, or BIO 1 1 1, 1 12, 201; plus 3 additional courses in biology (24 total 
credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology must 
take BIO 312, 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 
and 440. 

Courses in Biology (BIO): 

BIO 111 and 112 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology unless otherwise 

noted. 

101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate 
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis, 
major organ systems, immunity, and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include 
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology, and ECG. 4 credits. 

102. Human Heredity. Also designed for the non-science major, this course emphasizes the 
mastery of certain biological principles as applied primarily to humans. Topics include 
reproduction, development, classical and molecular genetics, and ecology. Laboratory 
exercises supplement lecture topics and include an examination of mitosis and meiosis, 
Drosophila genetics, gene activity, population genetics, and development. 4 credits. 

103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an 
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes and 
current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are 

32 



evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, ozone 
depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of wetlands, 
energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises are 
designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits. 

///. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed 
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histology, 
and evolution. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, carbohydrate analysis, isola- 
tion and identification of plant pigments, histological techniques, and animal taxonomy. 
4 credits. 

112. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, covers 
concepts in physiology, embryology, botany and ecology. Laboratory exercises include 
shark anatomy, invertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angio- 
sperms, and stomate response to environmental changes. Prerequisite: BIO 111 orpermission. 
4 credits. 

201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and molecular 
genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classical and 
molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, genetic 
crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one year of 
chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

221. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with 
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. Intensive 
laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative vertebrates. 
4 credits. 

302. Survey of the Plant Kingdom. The development and diversity of plants and the 
relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with the 
structure of plants and with the identification of flowering plants in the local flora. 
Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. 

304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of animal 
development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory includes 
the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and metamorphosis. 
4 credits. 

305. Vertebrate Histology and Microtechnique. A study of the microscopic anatomy of 
vertebrate tissues, with illustrations of basic tissue similarities and specialization in relation 
to function. The laboratory work includes the preparation of slides utilizing routine histologi- 
cal and histochemical techniques. 4 credits. 

306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology, and biochemistry of represen- 
tative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques and 

33 



procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular plants. 
Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

312. Fundamentals of Ecology. An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with 
extensive laboratory work and field experiences in freshwater, marine, and terrestrial 
ecosystems. Prerequisites: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. 

322. Animal Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with emphasis 
on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the interactions of 
the various organs in maintaining total body function. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 12 and one 
semester of chemistry, or permission. 4 credits. 

323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological, and 
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discussion 
of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity, and antibody-mediated immune responses. 
The course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics which are 
discussed with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include autoimmunity, 
histocompatibility, immunogenetics, and acquired immune deficiencies. Prerequisites: BIO 
111,112 and CHM 111,113 or equivalent or permission. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students seeking 
certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include assisting in the 
preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; and preparation, 
administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. 1 credit. 

402. Invertebrate Zoology. A study of most of the invertebrate phyla, concentrating on 
movement, metabolism, information and control, reproduction and association between 
animals. 4 credits. 

404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and 
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students will 
learn the proper use, application, and limitations of the appropriate instruments. Prerequisite: 
BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits. 

409. Quantitative Ecology. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the 
quantitative aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: 
permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an 
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This 
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits. 



34 



Biochemistry Program 
The Biology Department offers a biochemistry program in conjunction with the Chemistry 
Department, described on page 38. The major in biochemistry is an interdisciplinary program 
that provides an opportunity for interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of 
the chemical basis of biological processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced 
study in medical, dental, and other professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety 
of subjects including biochemistry, clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, 
genetics, microbiology, and physiology, and for research positions in industrial, academic, 
and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry. 

Major: BIO 11 1,1 12, 201; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216;BCH 401, 421, 422, 
430,499;MAS161;PHY103,104orlll,112(51credits);9creditsfromBIO305,306,307, 
322, 323, 404 and CHM 305, 306, 307, 308, 311. 

Courses in Biochemistry (BCH): 

401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in 
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineering) 
and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chemistry and 
BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

421,422. Biochemistry 1,11. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids, and carbohydrates. 
Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular weight determi- 
nation, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms, membrane 
systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control, electron trans- 
port, and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 2 14, 2 16 and 3 12 or permission. 3 
credits per semester. 

430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids, 
carbohydrates, and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. 

499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on special topics in bio- 
chemistry. 1 credit. 

Psychobiology Program 
The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and Psychol- 
ogy, described on pages 32 and 110. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the physiological 
substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of psychology and 
biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate study in medicine, 
veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, physiological 
psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics, and neuroscience, as well as research 
positions in industry, universities, hospitals, and government laboratories. 

35 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology. 

Major: BIO 1 1 1, 1 12, 201, 322 (16 credits); PSY 1 10, 335, 358 plus two courses from the 
following: PSY 210, 216, 355, 356, 431 (16 credits); PSY 491 or BIO 491, BIO 499 or PBI 
499, BIO 500 or PS Y 500 (8 credits); CHM 11 1,1 12, 113, 114 (8 credits); MAS 161 and CSC 
125 or 170 (6 credits); plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with adviser. 
Recommended CHM 213, 214, 215, 216, PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1, 1 12. 62 total credits. 

Courses in Psychobiology (PBI): 

358. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavior 
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. The laboratory 
portion of the course includes sheep brain dissection. Prerequisite: PSY 110, 210 or 
permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Psychology 358.} 

499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on selected topics in 
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit. 

Faculty 
Michael A. Camann, assistant professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

He teaches evolution, animal behavior and general biology. He also supervises the senior 
seminar and coordinates the general biology laboratories. His research interests include 
landscape ecology, forest entomology and ecological modeling. 

Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, psychobiology, 
and participates in general biology. He believes in introducing his students to a wide range 
of laboratory experiences including modern instrumentation and computer-assisted data 
collection. His research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tolerance, heat 
energy budgets, and computer analysis and simulation of animal— environment interactions. 
He is also director of the Summer Youth Scholars Institute. 

Sidney Pollack, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He is the 

academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His research 

interests include Paramecium genetics. 



36 



Susan Verhoek, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelationships 
and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her research is 
on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A past president 
of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the interactions of 
plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a continuing interest in plants 
that flower in the spring. 

Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis. 

He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of general 
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley 
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contributions 
to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past twenty years, 
including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six years of 
experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is regularly a 
faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, ecology and 

environmental science. His research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with 

particular emphasis on saltmarshes of Eastern United States and methane production in 

freshwater marshes. He also holds the position of Adjunct Professor of Marine Biology in the 

Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

He teaches comparative histology, developmental biology, invertebrate zoology, electron 

microscopy, general biology, and parasitology, and directs independent study in cell biology 

using electron microscopic and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine 

shrimp, Artemia, to study the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive, 

reproductive, and neurosensory systems. 

Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology. 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She is on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology. 



37 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry Program 
Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding needed for 
protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources, improving 
our health, and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. Indeed, chemistry is 
essential to understanding life itself. 

Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter industrial 
or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmental analysis, quality 
control, or research and development. Possibilities outside of the laboratory include teaching, 
sales, marketing, technical writing, business, and law. Many chemistry students continue 
their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, or in professional schools 
in the areas of medicine, dentistry, or veterinary medicine. 

At Lebanon Valley College the Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors 
of the Garber Science Center. Major scientific equipment available to students includes two 
nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometers, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform 
infrared spectrometer, a high performance liquid chromatographic system, a diode-array 
UV-visible spectrophotometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer, and an atomic 
absorption spectrophotometer. Computers available to students in the department include 
Macintosh and IBM-compatible machines. 

The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of laboratory 
research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and the summer. 
Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from grants that 
professors receive to support their projects. 

Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry, and one for those interested in 
biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the two 
degrees in chemistry, and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This degree has 
a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to become 
practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the standard Bachelor 
of Science, majoring in chemistry. 

The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the major 
program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 35. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistry. 

Ma^rs: (B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216,222,305,306,307, 
308, 31 1,312,321, 322,41 l;6Credits from CHM491-*98or590orBCH 421, 422;4credits 
ofCHM510;MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112 (63-64 credits). 



38 



(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 307, 
308, 311,312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits). 

Minor: CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14; 12 Credits from CHM 213, 214, 222, 305, 306, 31 1, 312, 
41 1 or BCH 421, 422; 3 Credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or BCH 430. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry 
must take CHM 360 and 21 credits education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 
and 440. 

Courses in Chemistry (CHM): 

100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including 
mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium, 
bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience 
included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 111 may not take CHM 100. 

109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics 
include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques for 
finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken 
concurrently with CHM 111.1 credit. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Chemistry 1,11. An introduction to chemistry for the science major. 
First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions, calcula- 
tions involving chemical concentrations, gas laws, and bonding. Second semester covers 
kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermodynamics, 
electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school chemistry or 
permission. 3 credits per semester. 

113, 114. Introductory Laboratory 1,11. Laboratory courses to accompany 111 and 112. 
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electrochem- 
istry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are 
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, NMR and atomic absorption 
spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 1 1 for CHM 113 and CHM 1 12 for CHM 
114.1 credit per semester. 

213, 214. Organic Chemistry 1,11. An introduction to the principles of organic chemistry. 
The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the structure of 
various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, structure and 
mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits per semester. 

215, 216. Organic Laboratory 1,11. An introduction to the practice of classical organic 
chemistry and modern instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthesis 
are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, 
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 14 and CHM 213 for CHM 215 
and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester. 

39 



222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of 
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the 
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions, 
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry and the structures of solids. Prereq- 
uisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits. 

305. Analytical Chemistry. Gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-chemical methods of 
chemical analysis covered. Includes statistical methods of data treatment and rigorous 
considerations of complex chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161.3 credits. 

306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applications 
in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography; 
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotom- 
etry; nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods. 
Prerequisites: CHM 1 12 and MAS 161.3 credits. 

307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Techniques of gravimetric, volumetric, and electro- 
chemical analysis are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 
305. 1 credit. 

308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analytical 
method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit. 

311. Physical Chemistry I. The study of thermodynamic laws and functions, including phase 
and reaction equilibria. Systems under study include ideal and real gases, ideal and non-ideal 
solutions, and multi-component phase transitions. Prerequisites: CHM 112, MAS 161, and 
PHY 104 or 112. 3 credits. 

312. Physical Chemistry II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular perspective. 
Basic concepts of quantum chemistry and statistical theory applied to atomic and molecular 
structure. Also included are electrochemistry, kinetics, and transport processes. Prerequisite: 
CHM 31 1.3 credits. 

321, 322. Physical Laboratory 1,11. Application of chemical instrumentation to a study of the 
principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves calorimetry, refractometry, 
conductivity, viscometry, and atomic absorption, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR spectroscopy 
applied to the study of phase and reaction equilibria, kinetics, and atomic and molecular 
structure. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 3 1 1 for CHM 32 1 and CHM 3 1 2 for CHM 322. 
1 credit per semester. 

360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evaluation 
of laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer software. Prerequisites: 
CHM 112, 114. 3 credits. 



40 



411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure, 
spectroscopy, and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com- 
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits. 

421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design and 
data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, optimi- 
zation, signal processing and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers and chemical 
instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits 

510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a faculty 
member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in 
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or 
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester. 

Courses in Science (SCI): 

100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applicable 
to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of biology, 
chemistry, and physics. The course is open to all students, and is appropriate for those 
intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits. 

800. Science Education in the Elementary Classroom. This course is designed to promote 
effective science teaching in the classroom as well as instructional leadership in science 
among peers teaching in kindergarten through eighth grade. Teachers will increase their 
knowledge in the life, physical, and math sciences primarily through hands-on experiences 
with a variety of laboratory investigations. In addition, they will enhance their skills in the 
use of scientific methodology, the identification of grade-appropriate exercises for their 
students, and the applications and limitations of technology through lectures and independent 
and group demonstrations. 

Faculty 
Richard D. Cornelius, professor of chemistry. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Iowa; postdoctoral research, University of Wisconsin. 
Inorganic Chemistry. Professor Cornelius works at the border of inorganic chemistry and 
biochemistry. He has interests both in the fundamental mechanisms of phosphoryl transfer 
reactions and in the development of platinum compounds that hold promise for anti-cancer 
activity. He and his students synthesize new compounds containing phosphates and study the 
rates of reactions of these compounds. He also has earned a national reputation for his work 
with computers in chemical education. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Cornell University; postdoctoral work, University of Toronto. 
Physical chemistry and chemometrics. Dr. Dahlberg does research in the application of 
multivariate statistics to chemical problems. He is also an industrial consultant in this area. 
He is presently studying the use of chemometrics and Fourier transform infrared spectros- 
copy in the analysis of edible oils. Food manufacturers must perform dozens of expensive and 
time-consuming analyses to guarantee the quality of their products. Through the use of 

41 



modern chemical instrumentation and sophisticated mathematical techniques, it may be 
possible to replace these tests with just one. 

Beatrice Feron-Gooding, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Institut de Recherches sur la Catalyse. 

Inorganic Chemistry. Dr. Gooding's research efforts focus on synthetic aluminosilicates 

called zeolites. She hopes that her work to synthesize zeolites having large pore sizes will 

yield structures having catalytic properties. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University. 

Biochemistry. Professor Moe is interested in applying the array of new techniques in 

biotechnology to practical problems. He is currently working on the use of immobilized 

enzymes for the synthesis of bio-organic compounds. Processes that he is developing are 

designed to use stable, inexpensive polyphosphates for the regeneration of ATP. ATP 

regeneration is a required, but currently an expensive, step in the use of enzyme reactors for 

organic synthesis. 

Carl T. Wigal, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio. 

Organic Chemistry. Professor Wigal 's research is aimed at developing new strategies for 

synthesizing natural products. Of particular interest to Dr. Wigal are the synthetic and 

mechanistic aspects of addition reactions to 1,4-quinones. He also is actively developing 

microscale experiments for organic chemistry. 

H. Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award 
in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in 1978. 
Professor Neidig' s pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experi- 
ments for introductory chemistry. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, adjunct instructor in chemistry. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Chemical Education. Professor Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of 

science curricula for the elementary school classroom and on teaching those studying to teach 

elementary school. 



42 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

The Department of Education prepares students for both elementary and secondary teaching. 

Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become elementary 
or secondary school teachers or for those already certified who want to add elementary or 
secondary education to an existing certificate. 

Dual certification, at both the elementary and secondary levels, or in more than one secondary 
area, is possible; however, such certification requires meticulous attention to scheduling and 
often requires additional semesters. 

The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified graduates who 
will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools and 
communities where they will work. 

Education Program 
Degree Requirements: 
There is no major in education. 

Minor: EDU 1 10, GPY 212; one of ELM 270, ELM 341, ELM 361; one of ELM 250, ELM 
332, GPY 1 1 1 ; one of EDU 346, SED 420, EDU 442; ELM 280 or SED 280, 1-3 credits ( 1 6- 
18 credits). 

Courses in Education (EDU): 

110. Foundations of Education. A study of the social, historical and philosophical founda- 
tions of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theories of 
influential educators. Includes required field practicum. 3 credits. 

310. The Education of the Exceptional Child. An introduction to current research and 
practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course includes attention 
to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource personnel are 
invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a minimum of one hour per week field 
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children. Prerequi- 
sites: EDU 110, PSY 100 or PSY 210, and permission of instructor. Limited to teacher 
certification candidates only. 3 credits. 

346. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. A study of the preparation and use 
of instructional technology, media, and equipment. 3 credits. 

Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program 
The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors who have 
a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of a strong liberal 
arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and methodologies 
of all elementary school subjects. 



43 



The field-centered component in the program provides extensive and carefully sequenced 
opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings during all four 
years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has established strong relation- 
ships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend an average of two hours 
per week each semester in various public school classrooms, observing teachers and children, 
aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and completing tasks 
on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Seniors spend the fall semester in full- 
time student teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role. 
Additional opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child care 
centers, Head Start programs, middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education. 

Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 310; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 
332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, 499; ART 401; GPY 1 1 1; HIS 125; MAS 100 or equivalent; 
PSY 100 or 210, 220, 321 (60 credits). 

Note: Students who are pursuing teacher certification must complete 12 credit hours of 
ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major 
in Elementary Education. 

Courses in Elementary Education (ELM): 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors 
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing, 
using notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Music 220.} 

250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade 
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on problem solving, estimating, and computers. 
The course is designed to view mathematics as a multidisciplined subject. Attention is given 
to the development of hands-on teaching activities, simulations, and experiences which can 
be utilized effectively with any classroom population. 3 credits. 

260. Principles and Practices in Early Childhood Education. An introduction to contem- 
porary research, theories, programs, curricula, methods, and materials in early childhood 
education, nursery school through grade 2. Includes required field experience in a local early 
childhood center. 3 credits. 

270. Children's Literature. A study of literature for children from infants through grade 8, 
including extensive classroom examination of books, poetry, storytelling, and resources in 
children's literature. Includes participation in the Annville Free Library's Children's 
Storytime program. 3 credits. 

280. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 

44 



school settings. Prerequisite: permission. 1-3 credits. 

332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in general 
science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental studies. 
The course emphasizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with 
special attention to the materials and methodologies appropriate to young children. 3 credits. 

341, 342. Teaching of Reading I, II. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the 
readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques 
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle 
schools. Effective reading programs, methods, and materials are examined first hand. 
Includes during each semester one hour per week of reading enrichment for selected 
elementary school students. Prerequisite: ELM 270. 3 credits per semester. 

344. Health and Safety Education. A study of basic health and safety practices and 
procedures as applied to the elementary school, including attention to curriculum, resources, 
materials and methodologies. Prerequisites: EDU 110; PSY 220; Elementary Education 
major. 3 credits. 

361. Language Arts in the Elementary School. The content, methods and materials for 
teaching oral and written language beginning with early childhood: listening, speaking, 
creative and practical writing, as well as the related skills of creative dramatics, handwriting, 
grammar and usage. The course is designed to assist teachers in helping children to 
communicate effectively and responsibly in a creative manner. 3 credits. 

362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, methods and 
role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood. The 
curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives of children as they relate to 
developing values and attitudes and the planned study of people as they live and have lived 
in our world. The development of a teaching unit and the examination of learning resources 
are required. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. A cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.50 is required (effective for students entering the program 
in the fall of 1995). Prerequisites: EDU 1 10; GPY 1 1 1; HIS 125; PSY 220,321; ELM 220, 
250, 270, 280, 332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, and permission of the Education Department 
faculty. 3-12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are researched 
and discussed by the participants in the course. Issues related to teaching and to further 
professional growth are explored. A major paper is required on student's personal view of 
education. 3 credits. 



45 



Secondary Teacher Certification Program 
Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by completing an 
intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction with a carefully 
sequenced professional education component within the Education Department. Both the 
major program and the professional education component are completed within the context 
of a strong foundation in the liberal arts. 

Departmental majors may seek certification in biology, chemistry, English, French, German, 
Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies. 

Opportunities are provided candidates to observe and to teach in junior high and high school 
settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester. Cooperating teachers are selected 
through a process involving college faculty, public school personnel, and the student 
teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial placements possible. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students complete 

the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education courses. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology, 
chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies.) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must complete 
the approved program in the chosen major and 21 credits in education courses, consisting of 
EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and 440. SED 280 or SED 430 must be taken in the fall or spring 
semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should be taken at 
least once prior to SED 440. SED 420 and 440 comprise the student teaching semester of the 
senior or post graduate year. 

Courses in Secondary Education (SED): 

280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary teachers 
or students planning an educational ministry. Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits. 

420. Human Growth and Development. A survey of human characteristics, research in 
developmental psychology and their implications for teaching and learning. Prerequisite: 
EDU 110; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior or senior status; approval of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

430. Practicum and Methods. A study of the basic principles and procedures for secondary 
classroom management and instruction. Prerequisite: EDU 1 10; secondary teacher certifica- 
tion candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 credits. 



46 



440. Student Teaching. Students spend an entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. Requirements 
are: 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 (effective for students entering the 
program in the fall of 1995) 

(2) a grade point average of at least 2.00 in the major field 

(3) completion of all courses required of the major for student teaching 

(4) completion of professional education courses required for student teaching 

(5) approval of the major adviser and of the director of secondary student teaching. 
Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, SED 430. SED 420 is normally taken concurrently with SED 440. 
3-12 credits. 

Geography Program 
Courses in geography are offered to acquaint students with the physical and cultural aspects 
of the world in which they live and to introduce them to geography as a discipline. The courses 
are recommended for all students who wish to broaden their understanding of the world. 

Courses in Geography (GPY): 

111. Physical Geography. A survey of the physical aspects of the earth and its impact on life. 
Attention is given to the solar system, the earth's movements, climate, weather, landforms, 
ecology, environmental awareness, and the processes that form and change the earth's 
surface. Students explore through current events, geographic searches, slides, lectures, and 
discussions the impact that physical geography has on their everyday lives. Requirement for 
elementary education certification. Prerequisite: Elementary Education major or permission 
of instructor. 3 credits. 

211. American Cultural Geography. A study of how the natural environment has influenced 
the historic development of American culture, including the geographic distribution of 
population groups, religious denominations and practices, language patterns, architectural 
styles, and the like. 3 credits. 

212. Cultural Geography. A survey of the various geographic regions of the world and their 
cultural features, including their natural resources, economy, social and religious customs, 
food supply, populations, ecology, and topical geography. Attention is given to heightening 
students' international awareness and appreciation for diverse cultures. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Susan L. Atkinson, associate professor of education. 
Ed.D., Temple University. 

She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, social studies, and language arts, plus 
courses in the foundations of education and physical geography. She supervises student 
teachers. Her research interests are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to 
increase academic achievement. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom 
management and early childhood education. She is the adviser for the college's professional 
teaching organization, which includes secondary, elementary, and music education majors. 

47 



Andrew J. Brovey, assistant professor of education. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 

He teaches courses in educational foundations and elementary mathematics and science 
education, and in secondary methodology and assists in the supervision of student teachers 
at the elementary and secondary levels. He serves as the director of instructional design and 
technology in the Education Department to develop and promote the integration of computer 
technology in all phases of teacher preparation and to improve student access to technology- 
based learning in the schools. He periodically works with the broader college community in 
the utilization of computer-based technology in the classroom and in research. 

Michael A. Grella, professor of education. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., West Virginia University. 

He teaches courses in children's literature, reading, early childhood education, and excep- 
tional children. He coordinates reading-related practical in the public schools and supervises 
student teachers. He serves as the department' s chief liaison with public school personnel and 
with the Pennsylvania Department of Education. He maintains a special interest in the 
acquisition of literacy at the primary grade levels and in learning disabilities. 

Dale E. Summers, assistant professor of education. 

Ed.D., Ball State University. 

He teaches courses in educational foundations, world cultural geography, American cultural 

geography, elementary social studies, secondary school curricula and methodologies, and 

adolescent development. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor 

pre-student teaching field experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education 

for the emotionally disturbed at both the elementary and secondary level. 

Linda L. Summers, instructor in education. 

M.A., Ball State University. 

She serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the Education 

Department. She teaches courses in educational foundations, language arts, social studies, 

and health. She supervises elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in 

education include early childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of 

integrated curriculum, and cooperative learning. 



48 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

English Program 
The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While English 
majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications or secondary education, the 
basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors also learn the skills of clear, 
concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, organization, and presen- 
tation of material. Such study prepares the student for more advanced work in many fields. 
Graduates of the Department of English are prepared to work in journalism, teaching, editing, 
public relations, publishing, advertising, government, industry, the ministry, and law. 

The English Department offers a major program with concentrations in literature, commu- 
nications, and secondary education, as well as minors in both literature and communications. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

Major: Core requirements: ENG 200; three from 221-228; 33 1 ; 341 or 342; 499 (21 credits). 
Students must choose one of the concentrations below in addition to the core. 

Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 22 1-228); three additional 
major authors (ENG 343-349) or special topics courses (ENG 390-399) or genre (ENG 334, 
335, 338, 339) courses (39 credits). 

Communications concentration: ENG 213; four additional communications courses (ENG 
210-220, 311-315, 332,336); 3 credits of ENG 400 (39 credits). 

Secondary Education concentration: Two additional survey courses from ENG 221-228 
(must include both 22 1 , 222); three additional major authors (ENG 343-349) or special topics 
(ENG 390-399) or genre (Eng 334, 335, 338, 339) courses; ENG 218; Eng 332; FLG 250; 
and either ENG 213 or ENG 336 (48 credits). 

Minor (Literature): ENG 200; ENG 221 or 222; two from ENG 225, 226, 227, 228; two 
additional literature courses (18 credits). 

Minor (Communications): ENG 200, 213, 221 or 222; three additional communications 
courses (18 credits). 

Courses in English (ENG): 

101, 102. English as a Second Language. Emphasis on advanced reading, writing, listening 
and speaking skills for students for whom English is the second language. The second 
semester is a continuation of the same skills. 3 credits. 

Ill, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or his own 
voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses emphasize the 

49 



development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 112 also empha- 
sizes reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 112: 111 or permission of chairperson. 3 
credits. 

200. Introduction to Literary Studies. An Introduction to genres and to the basic methodol- 
ogy, tools, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. 3 credits. 

210. Management Communications. The development of reading, writing, speaking and 
listening skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 111, 1 12 or permission. 

213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as 
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and features according to 
standard formats and styles; the course also discusses legal and ethical aspects of journalism. 
Prerequisite: ENG 111, 112 or permission. 3 credits. 

216. Technical Writing. The development of writing skills within the context of specialized, 
usually technical or scientific, subject matters, with emphasis on style and forms. Prerequi- 
site: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12 or permission. 3 credits. 

218. Oral Communication. Introduction to oral communication, both formal and informal. 
3 credits. 

219. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. 3 credits. 

220. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. 3 credits. 

221. Survey of American Literature I. A survey of selected major American authors from 
the colonial period to about 1900. 3 credits. 

222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from 
about 1900 to the present. 3 credits. 

225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors to about 
1800. 3 credits. 

226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from about 
1800 to the present. 3 credits. 

227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from the early Hebrews and 
Greeks to the 17th century. 3 credits. 

228. World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from the 17th century to the 
present. 3 credits. 

311. Feature Writing. Instructions and practice in writing feature articles for newspapers, 

50 



trade journals and magazines; free lance marketing and market analysis. Prerequisite: ENG 
213. 3 credits. 

312. Radio and TV Writing. Theory and technique of writing news and features for broadcast 
media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local news, recording 
interviews and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Prerequisite: ENG 213. 3 credits. 

313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copy writing; selection and 
presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Prerequisite: ENG 
213.3 credits. 

314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modern public relations as practices by 
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Public opinion 
evaluation. Planning of public relations programs. Prerequisite: ENG 213. 3 credits. 

575. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. 
Prerequisite: ENG 213. 3 credits. 

331. History and Traditional Grammar of English. An examination of the evolution of 
English sounds, grammatical forms and vocabulary, as well as a survey of conventions and 
current usage. 3 credits. 

332. Theory of Composition. A study of ancient and modern ideas on the writing process and 
the teaching of writing. 3 credits. 

334. The Novell. A survey of the development of the novel from the beginning of the genre 
through the Romantic period. 3 credits. 

335. The Novel II. A survey of the development of the novel from Realism to the present. 

336. Theater Workshop. A workshop in the elements of theater with classroom practice in 
production of scenes and whole plays. 3 credits. 

338. Dramatic Literature I. A survey of dramatic literature from the Greeks to about 1 850, 
with attention to theater modes and techniques. 3 credits. 

339. Dramatic Literature II. A survey of dramatic literature from about 1 850 to the present, 
with attention to theater modes and techniques. 3 credits. 

341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early (Shakespearean drama, especially the 
comedies and the histories. 3 credits. 

342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the 
tragedies and the romances. 3 credits. 



51 



343-349. Major Authors. An examination of works of major authors in American, English, 
and World literature. 3 credits. 

390-399. Special Topics. 3 credits. 

499. Seminar. The topics of this culmination of a liberal education in English vary. The 
course is taught as a seminar with much of the teaching being done by the students. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Philip A. Billings, professor of English. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

He teaches courses in contemporary literature as well as creative writing. His publications 
include poems in various magazines and two books of poems based on people living in the 
region. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English. 

M.B.A., Drexel University. 

Experienced in journalism and business, she teaches management communications, editing 

and journalism. She recently completed a summer writing program at Bennington College 

and is presently studying for her masters in literature at the University of Pennsylvania. 

Phylis C. Dryden, associate professor of English. 

D.A., State University of New York at Albany. 

She is a specialist in composition theory, linguistics and American Studies and has business 

experience. She has published poetry, fiction, newspaper and magazine articles. In 1991 and 

1993 she won NEH Summer Seminar grants to study British literature. She also directs the 

department internship program. 

Arthur L. Ford, professor of English. 
Ph.D., Bowling Green State University. 

He has published books on several American authors, including Thoreau and Creeley, and 
articles on composition theory and the computer in composition. Recent Fulbright lecture- 
ships in Syria and China have resulted in several research projects. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., Boston University. 

He has taught at the University of Tennessee and Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and has been 

a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany. He has published several articles on American 

cultural criticism and 20th century poetry, and also teaches in the American Studies program. 

John P. Kearney, professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

He is a 19th century British literature scholar currently working on a book on Dickens. He 

also teaches technical writing. 



52 



Mary K. Pettice, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Houston 

She teaches journalism, creative writing and British literature along with serving as adviser 

to the student newspaper. She is also a published poet and short-story writer. 

Kevin B. Pry, lecturer in English. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Dramaturge for local theater companies; he teaches Dramatic Literature, Theater Workshop 

and World Literature, and he advises the student drama club. 




The English Department offers a major with concentrations in literature, 
communications and secondary education. 



53 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic communica- 
tion skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who use the 
language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which humankind 
thinks and interacts. 

The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a variety 
of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business and social 
service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often combined with 
majors in other disciplines. 

The department encourages students to avail themselves of the college's opportunities for 
foreign travel and study, including the International Student Exchange Program and the 
programs in Cologne, Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain. 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German and Spanish, 
secondary teacher certification in foreign language, as well as minors in the three languages. 
In addition, coursework, but no major or minor, is offered in Russian. The department also 
offers the major in International Business jointly with the Management Department. 

Foreign Languages Program 
Degree Requirements: 
No major is offered in foreign language. Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish. 

Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking elementary or secondary 
certification in a foreign language must take FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses 
including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and ELM or SED 440. 

Courses in Foreign Language (FLG): 

260. Approaches to Culture. A survey of contemporary life in French, German and Spanish 
speaking countries. Topics may include customs, values, social structures, geography, and 
current issues. Taught in English. 3 credits. 

350. Linguistics. A study of the field of linguistics. Investigates language as a system of signs 
and as a culturally conditioned behavior. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modern 
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary through 
secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 202. 3 credits. 

French Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 



54 



Major: 24 credits in French above the intermediate level, FLG 350 (27 credits) For teaching 
certification, FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Courses in French (FRN): 

101,102. Elementary French 1,11. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201,202. Intermediate French 1,11. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, 
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of French- 
speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide 
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written French. Develop- 
ment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on contemporary 
French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of France 
and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive 
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers 
of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, 
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening 
immersion in the Francophone world. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. Issues in French Culture. Discussion of an important issue in France from different 
points of view. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medieval French 
literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through Renaissance 
philosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills through literature will 
be promoted. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

420. French Literature of the 17th Century. A study of the spirit and principal authors of 
French Classicism with a special emphasis on the theater of Corneille, Racine and Moliere. 
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 



55 



430. French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. A study of the main ideological 
currents of the 18th and 19th centuries: the faith in reason, the emergence of pre-romanticism, 
romanticism and realism. Emphasis on the works of Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, 
Rousseau, 1' Abbe Prevost, Marivaux, Hugo, Flaubert, Balzac, Zola, and Baudelaire. Prereq- 
uisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

440. French Literature of the 20th Century. A study of contemporary society as reflected 
in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and le theatre de I 'Absurde. Such 
writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, Ionesco, Becket will be studied. 
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th and 
20th centuries. Prerequisite: FRN 31 1 or FRN 316 or permission. 3 credits. 

German Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German. 

Major: 24 credits in German above the intermediate level; FLG 350. (27 credits). For 
teaching certification, FLG 360 is required 

Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Courses in German (GMN): 

101,102. Elementary German 1,11. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201,202. Intermediate German 1,11. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - 
listening, speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
of German-speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

203, 204; 303, 304; 403,404. Language & Culture I, II. An immersion course on three levels 
offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, practical exercises 
and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. Prerequisite: GMN 102 
or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Germany Past and Present. Studies the major epochs of German cultural history and 
describes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 



56 



316. Composition & Conversation. Intensive practice in the interactive skills of speaking and 
writing. Review of grammar and emphasis of practical situations. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
Germany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermediate 
student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the techniques 
of literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. Issues in German Culture. Study of a major issue from various points of view. Readings 
in German and English; discussion and writing in German and English. Prerequisite: GMN 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for accurate 
and idiomatic translation of German texts into English. Discussion of more complex 
grammatical structures. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

400-419. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a 
particular topic or theme. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

460. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from minnesang to contemporary rock. Involves 
both texts and music as appropriate. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Area 
5, Writing Intensive) 

Russian Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Only course work is offered in Russian. 

Courses in Russian (RSN): 

101,102. Elementary Russian 1,11. Introductory courses in Russian. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in Russian. Also offers insights into Russian-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201,201. Intermediate Russian I, II. Continuation of first year. Aimed at building students' 
proficiency in all four language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing - and at 
enhancing their knowledge of Russian culture. Prerequisite: RSN 102 or equivalent. 3 
credits. 

Spanish Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish. 



57 



Major: 24 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching 
certification, FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Courses in Spanish (SPA): 

101,102. Elementary Spanish 1,11. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Spanish-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201,202. Intermediate Spanish 1,11. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
Spanish course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, 
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of Spanish- 
speaking people. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on a wide 
range of topics related to Spanish life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 
credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical 
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills 
through composition assignments based on contemporary Spanish writing and issues. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

320. Business Spanish. An introduction to the language of business and business practices. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listening 
comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers of spoken 
Spanish: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, announce- 
ments, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening immersion in the 
Hispanic world. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. 

350. Issues in Spanish Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Spain from various 
points of view. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

360. Issues in Latin-American Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Latin America 
from various points of view. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and 
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English and 
English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. 

410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstanding 

58 



works of the period. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 

420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

430. Spanish Literature and the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Reading from the 
Enlightenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and realism. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

440. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. A study of the literary movement of the 
century, starting with the Generation' 98 and modernism. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. 

450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the important writers of the 
century, with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. (Writing Intensive) 

460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of the Aztec, Mayan and Incan civilizations 
before 1492 and the philosophy of the Spanish explorers from 1492 on. Prerequisite: SPA 
202. 3 credits. (Foreign Studies, Writing Intensive) 

Faculty 
Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

She teaches courses in Spanish language, and in Spanish and Latin American culture, 
civilization and literature. She has presented research papers in medieval balladry and the 
Spanish Golden Age theater at scholarly conferences. She is currently researching the 
modern Latin American novel. She is particularly interested in the concept of "magical 
realism" as it applies to the works of Gabriel Garcia Marquez. 

James W. Scott, professor of German. 
Ph.D., Princeton University. 

He teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German-speaking 
countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's short fiction to 
cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is preparing a new translation 
of Iweil, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. He chairs a state selection committee for 
the Congress-Bundestag Youth Exchange Program and is a member of the American 
Association of Teachers of German task force on distance learning. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, associate professor of French. 

Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College. 

She teaches courses in language, culture and literature. She coordinates and supervises study 

programs in France. She is currently interested in methodology and Francophone studies. 



59 



Andres Zamora, assistant professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., University of Southern California, Los Angeles. 

He teaches subjects from basic language to literature, art and culture of the Hispanic world. 

He has worked on Medieval literature, the Golden Age Comedia, Cervantes and the Modern 

Latin American Novel. He is studying the poetics of the Spanish Novel in the 19th and 20th 

centuries. 

Svetlana A. Bird, adjunct instructor in Russian. 

M.A., Moscow State Pedagogical University. 

She teaches courses in Russian language, culture and civilization. Her special interests 

include Russian literature, contemporary cinematography and poetry. 

Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Middlebury College. 

She teaches courses in French language, culture and civilization. Her special interests include 

French culture, French language structure and French cooking. 

Leonie Lang-Hambourg, adjunct assistant professor of German. 

M.A., University of Oregon, Diploma Interpreter andTranslator, MuncherDolmetscherschule. 
Experienced as an interpreter and translator, she teaches beginning and intermediate German 
and courses in advanced German grammar and style, as well as conversation and composi- 
tion, translation and business German. 




The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a 

variety of fields. 

60 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND AMERICAN STUDIES 

By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better 
understand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and analyze 
information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language. 

An undergraduate degree in history or American studies can lead to a career in teaching at 
the college or high school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and 
libraries, journalism or editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications 
or a number of other professions. 

American Studies Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American Studies. 

Major. AMS 111, 211, 253,311, 485; ART205 or MSC120;ENG221,222;GPY211;fflS 
321, 322; HIS 325 or 326; PHL 240 or REL 120 (39 credits). 

Minor. AMS 111,211, 253; 1 course from the following: ART 205, ENG 221, 222, MSC 
120; 1 course from the following: HIS 321, HIS 322, PHL 240, REL 120; 1 course from the 
following: HIS 325 or 326; and 1 elective course to be chosen from among courses required 
for the major in American Studies or approved by the Director of the American Studies 
Program (21 credits.) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must take HIS 
360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and 440. 

Courses in American Studies (AMS): 

111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 
3 credits. 

211. American Folklore. A study of the historical growth of American folklore; such genres 
as folk art, folk music, and folk speech; contemporary expressions, including regional and 
ethnic variations; and the dynamics of folk performance in socio-cultural context. 3 credits. 

230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American denomi- 
nations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis will be 
placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 230.} 

253. Applied American Studies. An introduction to non-teaching careers in American 
Studies. Students examine the basics of archival management, museum curatorship, oral 
history, corporate history and historical communication and interpretation. 3 credits. { Cross- 
listed as History 253.} 



61 



311. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology and 
their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. Prereq- 
uisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. 

485. American Studies Seminar. A capstone course organized around a major theme or issue 
in the American experience. Themes and issues vary from year to year as the seminar rotates 
among faculty in several academic departments. Students are able to integrate their educa- 
tional experience and implement further the interdisciplinary methodology in an holistic 
approach to a topic or subject. 3 credits. 

History Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history. 

Major: HIS 101, 102, 125, 126, 251, 253, two upper-level courses in American history, two 
upper-level courses in European history (from HIS 205, 206, 207), two non-western history 
courses and any two of the following three courses: HIS 301, 321 or 322. For students 
attending graduate school, HIS 499 is strongly recommended (42 credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must take HIS 
111 and 1 12 (instead of 101 and 102), HIS 360 and 21 credits in education courses including 
EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and 440. 

Minor: HIS 101, 102, 125, 126, 251, 253; one upper-level course in American history and 
one upper-level course in European history (from HIS 205, 206, 207) (24 credits). 

Courses in History (HIS): 

101. Western Civilization to the 14th Century. The development of the western world from 
its Near Eastern and Mediterranean origins to the eve of the Renaissance. 3 credits. 

102. Western Civilization since the 14th Century. A study of how life in the late 20th century 
has been influenced by historical developments in Europe and America, including the growth 
of science, the rise of nation states, social classes and values, and changing views of the world. 
3 credits. 

111. Introduction to World History. A study of world history from earliest times to the 20th 
century with emphasis on the world's great cultural traditions and the major transformation 
of the world in terms of cultural, social, political, and technological change. 3 credits 

112. The Twentieth Century World. A study of change in the global setting from the 
ascendancy of the pre-World War I empires to the present with emphasis on imperialism and 
decolonialism, world wars, political revolutions, social and economic forces, technological 
development and interculturalism. 3 credits. 



62 



125. United States History to 1865. The story of America from Columbus through the Civil 
War. 3 credits. 

126. United States History Since 1865. The story of America from Reconstruction to the 
present. 3 credits. 

205. Early Modern Europe. The Renaissance, Reformation, Scientific Revolution, and the 
development of national political states, especially in the 17th and 18th centuries. 3 credits. 

206. Revolution & Nationalism, 1789-1914. A study of the effects of the French Revolution 
and the Industrial Revolution on Europe. Particular attention is paid to the rise of class 
antagonisms and national rivalries. 3 credits. 

207. Europe in the 20th Century. Developments in Europe from 1900 to the present are 
investigated, with special focus on the role of Germany , the Nazi Era and the post- World War 
II conditions. 3 credits. 

225. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their 
independence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile 
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of the 
period disagree. 3 credits. 

226. Age of Jefferson & Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian society 
struggles to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity, and sectional 
tension. 3 credits. 

227. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led to 
a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. 3 credits. 

251. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of the great 
historians from ancient times to the modern world; the second half of the course covers recent 
interpretations of American history. 3 credits. 

253. Applied Historical Studies. An introduction to non-teaching careers in history. 
Students examine the basics of archival management, museum curatorship, oral history, 
corporate history and historical communications and interpretations. 3 credits. { Cross-listed 
as American Studies 253.} 

271. Modern China and Japan. An analysis of political, economic and cultural institutions 
of China and Japan with special emphasis on the western impact on these institutions after 
1500. 3 credits. 

273. Modern Africa. African civilization from its origins in the ninth century to the present 
day, with emphasis on the impact of colonialism, regional distinctions, and the emergence 
of independent states. 3 credits. 

63 



275. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from its origins to the present, with 
emphasis on the impact of colonialism, the emergence of independent states, relationships 
with the United States, and the modern regional distinctions. 3 credits. 

277. The Modern Middle East. Middle Eastern civilization from the rise of Islam to the 
present, with emphasis on the Arabian peninsula, the Fertile Crescent, Iran, Turkey, and 
Egypt, particularly after 1914. The origins and development of the modern state of Israel are 
also analyzed. 3 credits. 

279. Modern South Asia. Indian sub-continent civilizations from the 16th century to the 
present with emphasis on the impact of the Mughal empire, the impact of western colonial 
control, the crisis of the 19th and 20th centuries, the evolution of nationalism resulting in 
independence and partition, and with major reference to the contemporary nations and 
cultures of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. 3 credits. 

301. European Social History. An inquiry into the lives and experiences of ordinary folk. 
Topics include women, laboring classes, and popular culture. 3 credits. 

307. History of Russia. The development of Russia and the Soviet Union from Kievan 
beginnings to the present, with emphasis upon the period since 1600. 3 credits. 

309. France and Germany, A Comparative History. The development and relationships of 
the two nations from the Era of Revolutions to the present will be investigated, with particular 
attention to the nature of their national identity and their political culture. 3 credits. 

321. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America History to 1860. An analysis of the 
changing role and status of women, the African- American and native American experience, 
the underclass experience and the impact of immigration, from the European Conquest to the 
Civil War. 3 credits. 

322. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America History Since 1860. An analysis of the 
changing role and status of women, the African-American and native American experience, 
the underclass experience and the impact of immigration and ethnicity from the Civil War 
to the 1990's. 3 credits. 

323. American Thought and Culture. A study of American intellectual history focusing 
particularly on cultural criticism as represented in such schools of thought as Puritanism, 
Enlightenment Rationalism, Transcendentalism, utopianism, the Southern Agrarians, the 
Progressives, the New York Intellectuals, Marxism, feminism, and the New Journalism. 3 
credits. 

325. American Business History to 1920. An analysis of the role of business in America from 
the colonial period to 1920. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the 
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern- 
ment, trade unionism and society. 3 credits. {Cross listed as Management 325.} 

64 



326. American Business History Since 1920. An analysis of the role of business in America 
during the 20th century. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the 
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern- 
ment, trade unionism, and society. 3 credits. {Cross listed as Management 326.} 

327. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old 
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of History and Social Studies in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history and social studies at the secondary level. Topics include issues and 
trends in secondary education, history of historical pedagogy, professional development and 
course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, the uses of technology and student 
motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required of all history majors seeking secondary 
certification. 

499. Seminar. A comprehensive study of an important historical topic. May be taken more 
than once on different topics. Some seminars may emphasize reading and evaluating 
important works of history; others may emphasize the writing of a research paper based on 
original sources. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Howard L. Applegate, associate professor of history and American studies. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

His teaching is focused on American history, with a strong specialization in business history. 
He is a historical analyst of the American automotive and grocery chain retailing industries. 

David R. Brigham, assistant professor of American studies and art. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches American studies and art history courses. His scholarship is focused on American 

social and cultural history. 

James H. Broussard, professor of history. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

He teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications concentrate 

on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He is also executive director 

of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of history and religion, director of American Studies 

Program. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

His teaching centers on the history of Christianity and religion in America. His scholarship 

has focused on American folk religion; other interests include religion and literature, peace 

studies, and mysticism. 



65 



Richard A. Joyce, associate professor of history. 
M.A., San Francisco State College. 
He teaches modern European history and is interested in social and intellectual history. 

Diane E. Wenger, adjunct assistant professor of history and American Studies. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches American Studies and social history with an emphasis on race, class, gender and 

ethnicity. Her research interests include American material culture, comparative history of 

women, and economic/social history of the Federal period. 




Students have the opportunity to work as interns at area historical sites such as the 

Cornwall Iron Furnace. 



66 



DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT 

The Department of Management offers programs leading to the bachelor of science degree 
in accounting, hotel management, management, and international business (jointly with 
Foreign Languages Department). The department also offers minors in accounting, hotel 
management, and management. 

The department's programs are designed to provide students with a sound, integrated 
knowledge of accounting and management principles, and related courses from supporting 
disciplines. The programs are enhanced by the liberal arts and leadership studies core 
required of all students, and by the extensive application of computers in relevant courses. 
This interdisciplinary knowledge base is essential for assuming leadership and management 
positions in the changing world of the 1990s and beyond. 

Management students are provided with a common body of knowledge in close conformity 
with the national standards for the study of business administration as recommended by the 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. As a result, our graduates are well 
prepared for admittance to M.B.A. programs. 

Opportunities are available for qualified and interested students to undertake an independent 
study project or an internship in consultation with a member of the department faculty. 

Accounting Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting. 

Mo/or. ACT 151, 152, 233,251, 252, 353;9credithours accounting electives;ECN 101, 102; 
MGT 322, 330, 361, 485; ENG 210; MAS 150 (or 1 1 1 or 161); MAS 170 (or 270 or 372); 
PHL 360 (57 credits). 

Minor. ACT 151, 152, 251, 252, 353, ACT 233 or CSC 125; 6 credit hours of accounting 
electives (24 credits). 

Courses in Accounting (ACT): 

151. Principles of Accounting I. Fundamental principles and concepts of accounting 
encompassing business transactions, the accounting cycle, and classified financial state- 
ments including discussion of various topics relating to balance sheet and income statement 
items. For accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT 151 and ACT 161.3 credits. 

152. Principles of Accounting II. A continuation of Principles of Accounting I focusing 
upon accounting concepts, partnerships, and business transactions related to corporate 
liabilities, equity, and investments. Includes basic financial analysis. For accounting majors. 
Prerequisite: ACT 151; or ACT 161 with minimum grade of B and permission. A student 
must attain a grade of "C-" or above in ACT 151 as a prerequisite for this course. 3 credits. 

161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for business 

67 



transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of owners' 
equity. An introductory course for non-accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT 
151 and ACT 161. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or permission. 3 credits. 

162. Managerial Accounting. Cost-volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business 
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision 
making. Prerequisite: ACT 151 or ACT 161 ; sophomore standing or permission. A student 
must attain a grade of "C-" or above in ACT 161 as a prerequisite for this course. 3 credits. 

233. Computer Applications in Business. An introduction to personal computers and their 
use as a business management tool. Through classroom instruction and laboratory exercises 
students learn computer applications that influence managerial decision-making processes. 
Topics include word processing, business graphics, electronic spreadsheets and database 
management. Prerequisite: ACT 151 or 161, ECN 101 or 102, or permission. 3 credits. 
{Cross-listed as Management 233.} 

257. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally accepted 
accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these principles 
to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recognition as well 
as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets. Computer component. Prerequi- 
site: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

252. Intermediate Accounting II. Analysis of accounting valuation problems, classification, 
and disclosure as they relate to plant assets, intangibles, liabilities, and stockholders' equity. 
Prerequisite: ACT 251. A student must attain a grade of "C-" or above in ACT 251 as a 
prerequisite for this course. 3 credits. 

253. Intermediate Accounting III. Analysis of more specialized financial accounting topics 
including pension plans, post-retirement benefits, leases, income taxes, accounting charges, 
cash flow statement, financial statement analysis, and changing prices. Computer compo- 
nent. Strongly recommended for all accounting majors, especially those intending to take the 
CPA exam. Highly recommended for accounting majors. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

357. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to such special 
topics as income presentation, interim reporting, and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on 
business combinations and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 
credits. 

352. Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary 
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and other not-for-profit 
organizations. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

353. Cost Accounting. The accumulation and recording of the costs associated with the 
manufacturing operation including job-order, process and standard cost systems, and joint 
and by-product costing. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

68 



451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
individuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 161. 3 credits. 

452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequi- 
site: ACT 451. 3 credits. 

455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation of 
financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on financial 
reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

Health Care Management Program 
The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who possess 
an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications are 
required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal arts and 
management, plus business practices common to the health care industry. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management. 

Major: ACT 161, 162, ECN 101, 102, 315, ENG 111, 210, MGT233, 330, 487, PHL 360; 
SOC 324; 12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or other disciplines approved by the 
director of continuing education; and any four of the following courses (12 credits): MAS 
170, MGT 322, 340, 350, 361, 371, 372, 384, 420, 425 (60-63 total). 

Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed successfully 
an accredited diploma or associate degree program also with certification by a state 
governmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following 
fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency Medical 
Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, Occupational 
Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, Registered Nurse, 
Respiratory Therapist. 

Hotel Management Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in hotel management. 

Major: HTM 111, 112,211, 222, 231, 311, 322,331, 411, 422, 431; ACT 161, 162; ECN 101; 
MGT 330, 340, 420, 485; ENG 210; PHL 360 (60 credits). 

Minor: HTM 111, 112, 211, 222, 231, 311; ACT 161 (21 credits). 
Courses in Hotel Management (HTM): 



69 



111. Introduction to the Hospitality Industry. History, development and operation of the 
hospitality industry. Emphasis on current organization, problems, opportunities and trends. 
Overview of how the hospitality industry functions in the world economy. Management 
orientation stressed. 3 credits. 

112. Front Office Management. An analysis of the integrated functions of the front office 
and housekeeping departments. Topics include work and information flow within and 
between departments, demand forecasting, pricing strategies, reservations and control, front 
desk responsibilities, guest services, emergency procedures, night auditing, and a general 
introduction to the art of innkeeping. Materials, equipment and techniques involved in the 
housekeeping function will also be analyzed. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits. 

211. Hotel Law. Fundamentals of hotel law including innkeeper laws and dramshop laws. 
The case study method develops an awareness and understanding of the legal problems 
confronting hotel managers. 3 credits. 

227. The Psychology and Sociology of Leisure. An analysis of the fundamental psychologi- 
cal and sociological concepts and theories related to the motivation for travel. Review of 
consumer behavior in the hotel industry. Evaluating customer needs and services. Prerequi- 
site: HTM 1 1 1 or permission. 3 credits. 

222. Food and Beverage Management I. Introduction to the food and beverage functions 
with emphasis on menu planning and purchasing. Includes fundamentals and language, 
systems, equipment, operational responsibilities, management organizational patterns, nu- 
trition, storage, and sanitation. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits. 

231. Supervised Field Experience: Front Office Management. Emphasizes selected 
aspects of front office management. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty 
conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. 
Prerequisite: HTM 1 12 and permission. 3 credits. 

311. Advanced Hotel Management. An analysis of the following aspects of hotel organiza- 
tions: health, safety and security; building and grounds; equipment purchase, repair and 
maintenance; facilities design; renovation and maintenance; internal controls; and energy 
management. Prerequisite: HTM 112. 3 credits. 

322. Food and Beverage Management II. Analysis of the food and beverage functions with 
emphasis on production and services. Prerequisite: HTM 1 12. 3 credits. 

331. Supervised Field Experience: Marketing. Emphasizes selected aspects of marketing 
techniques and research. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty confer- 
ences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. Prerequisite: 
HTM 1 12, MGT 340 and permission. 3 credits. 



70 



411. Hotel Financial Management. To develop an understanding of common techniques 
and methods by which management in the hospitality industry can interpret, analyze, and 
make decisions based on information provided by the accounting system. Prerequisite: ACT 
161,162. 3 credits. 

422. Food and Beverage Management III. Advanced analyses of the food and beverage 
functions with emphasis on cost control and profit planning. Relevant computer software 
applications are reviewed in depth. Prerequisite: HTM 322. 3 credits. 

431. Supervised Field Experience: Accounting and Finance. Emphasizes selected aspects 
of accounting and financial management concepts and techniques. Accompanied by read- 
ings, reports, journals, and faculty conferences. One hundred thirty-five ( 1 35) hours of field 
work in the hotel industry. 3 credits. 

International Business Program 
The program in international business provides an opportunity to integrate the study of 
business with the knowledge of a foreign language and culture. It is designed to equip 
students with the background and skills necessary to work with foreign corporations within 
the United States and with American corporations abroad. While acquiring a strong liberal 
arts background, students who elect this major will receive training in accounting, manage- 
ment, economics and political science. They also will become familiar with a foreign culture 
and will acquire proficiency in French, German or Spanish. International business majors are 
encouraged to apply for internships to gain valuable field experience. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in international business. 

Major: ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102, 332; MGT 233, 330, 340, 361, 376, 485; two courses 
from PSC 130, 210, or 312; MAS 150 or 161 or 1 1 1; MAS 170 or 270, or 372; two courses 
from one language area: FRN 300, 310, 340, 350; GMN 316, 350; SPA 300, 310, 340, 350, 
360; and two other courses. (57 credits). 

International business majors must complete an international internship working for a 
corporation in a foreign setting or participate in a study abroad program as part of their major 
requirement. Internships must be approved by the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 
junior/senior standing. 

Management Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in management. 

Major: ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; ENG 210; MGT 233, 322, 330, 340, 361, 371, 460, 
483, 485; MAS 150 (or 111 or 161); MAS 170 (or 270 or 372); PHL 360 (51 credits). 



71 



Minor: ACT 15 1 or 161 ;ECN 101 ;MGT 233 or CSC 125; MGT 330, 340, 371; 3 credit hours 
of management electives (21 credits). 

Courses in Management (MGT): 

100. Business and Its Environment. An overview of business operations for the non- 
business major. Specialized fields within business organizations are analyzed. The environment 
and the role of business in modern society are examined. Not open to accounting, economics, 
management, or international business majors. 3 credits. 

233. Computer Applications in Business. An introduction to personal computers and their 
use as a business management tool. Through classroom instruction and laboratory exercises 
students learn computer applications that influence managerial decision-making processes. 
Topics include word processing, business graphics, electronic spreadsheets and database 
management. Prerequisite: ACT 151 or 161, ECN 101 or 102, or permission. 3 credits. {Cross 
listed as Accounting 233.} 

250. Real Estate Fundamentals and Practice. This course acquaints the student with aspects 
of listing, selling, and leasing property. Includes listing and selling techniques; contracts; 
financing including FHA and VA; qualifying the customer; settlement procedures including 
prorations; and special fields of real estate such as development and construction. 3 credits. 

322. Quantitative Methods. An introduction to some of the quantitative methods used in 
modern management and economics. Topics include probability concepts, forecasting, 
decision theory, linear programming, queuing theory, network models, and Markov analysis. 
Prerequisites: C- or above in MAS 150 and 170, and junior standing. 3 credits. {Cross-listed 
as Economics 322. } 

325. American Business History to 1920. An analysis of the role of business in America from 
the colonial period to 1920. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the 
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern- 
ment, trade unionism and society. 3 credits. {Cross listed as History 325.} 

326. American Business History Since 1920. An analysis of the role of business in America 
during the 20th century. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the 
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern- 
ment, trade unionism and society. 3 credits. {Cross listed as History 326.} 

330. Principles of Management and Organizations. A study of management principles, 
organizational theory, and administrative techniques as applied to the effective and efficient 
operation of both profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasizes the organization's struc- 
ture, leadership, interpersonal relationships, and managerial functions. 3 credits. 

340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspective. 
Topics include marketing strategies; marketing research; consumer behavior; selecting 



72 



target markets; developing, pricing, distributing, and promoting products and services and 
non-profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

341. Consumer Behavior. Analysis of factors affecting purchase decisions in the market- 
place; application of behavioral and social science concepts to the study of consumer 
behavior. Emphasis on use of knowledge of consumer behavior for marketing decisions. 
Prerequisite: MGT 330 and MGT 340, or permission. 3 credits. 

350. Organizational Behavior and Development. A detailed study of theories and models 
of organizational behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of 
these models in the workplace to improve individual, group, and organizational performance. 
Prerequisite: junior standing and MGT 330, or permission. 3 credits. 

361. Managerial Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset, 
liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and working 
capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short and 
intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; mergers and acqui- 
sitions; multinational operations; and corporation failures and liquidation. Prerequisite: ACT 
152 or ACT 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal, and 
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery, 
policy, management investment types, and the development of portfolios for individuals and 
institutions. Prerequisite: MGT 361. 3 credits. 

364. Advertising. The role advertising plays in American life and its effect upon consumer 
behavior. Analysis of media strategies, functions of advertising agencies, creation of 
successful advertisements, and the legal and ethical restraints on advertising. Prerequisite: 
MGT 340. 3 credits. 

371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The 
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank- 
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits. 

372. Business Law II. A study of the elementary principles of law relating to business. 
Covers the areas of agency, employment, commercial paper, security devices, partnerships, 
corporation, estates. 3 credits. 

376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and procedures 
in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: MGT 340. 3 credits. 

380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization, 
staffing, production, marketing, and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in presenting 
the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162, MGT 330, or permission. 3 credits. 



73 



384. Marketing Research. This course is an introduction to the methodology of marketing 
research. Specific topics covered include problem formulation, research design, sample 
design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of data, and presentation of research 
findings. Prerequisite: MGT 330 and MGT 340. 3 credits. 

420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively 
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating, and disciplining human resources. 
It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-management 
relations. Prerequisite: MGT 330 or permission. 3 credits. 

425. Labor Management Relations. Emphasizes origin, growth, and development of labor 
organizations and their impact on management practices. Topics include legislation affecting 
industrial relations; collective bargaining; contract administration; industrial jurisprudence; 
and arbitration. Prerequisite: MGT 330 or permission. 3 credits. 

460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of information 
in management planning, operations, and control in various types of business environments. 
Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, materials, and 
technology. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162, MGT 233, MGT 330, or permission. 3 credits. 

480. Contemporary Issues in Management. A study of contemporary issues that managers 
will be called upon to deal with in the management of business and organizations. Topics will 
include: drug testing in the workplace, the effect of AIDS in business, dual career couples, 
sexual harassment, stress and executive burnout, equal employment opportunity, benefits, 
business ethics, unions and management, non-smoking policies, eldercare, childcare and the 
workplace. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

483. Production and Operations Management. An overview of the production/operations 
management function as applied to both manufacturing and service organizations. It provides 
a background of the concepts and processes used in the production/service operations area. 
Integrated throughout are considerations of the information systems, the people involved, the 
quantitative techniques employed, and the international implications. Prerequisite: MGT 
322 and MGT 330, or permission. 3 credits. 

485. Business Policy. A capstone course to study administrative processes under conditions 
of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting, and economics. Uses 
case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: MGT 330, 340, 361 and senior 
standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes of 
America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance systems, 
financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical services, and 
marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, accounting, and 
economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate management 
style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

74 



Faculty 
Donald C. Boone, associate professor of hotel management. 
M.B.A., Michigan State University. 

He has 18 years of hotel industry experience and has taught several years in Hotel 
Management programs . Mr. Boone serves as Coordinator of the Hotel Management Program 
and teaches Hotel Management, Management and Accounting. Mr. Boone has received the 
designation of CHA, and is a non-practicing CPA. 

Daniel A. Cesta, assistant professor of accounting. 

M.S., State University of New York at Albany. 

Mr. Cesta has over five years experience in the public sector as a CPA. He teaches Principles 

of Accounting, Financial Accounting, Managerial Accounting, Auditing, and Governmental 

and Non-Profit Accounting. 

Sharon F. Clark, professor of management. 
J.D., University of Richmond. 

She has several years experience in private law practice and several years as a supervisory 
tax attorney with the Internal Revenue Service. Dr. Clark teaches corporate income tax and 
a variety of management courses including Human Resource Management, Business Law, 
Labor-Management Relations, Hotel Law, and Contemporary Issues in Management. Dr. 
Clark also serves as a consultant to several corporations on issues in the workplace, including 
the American Work Disabilities Act, Sexual Harassment, and Diversity in the Workforce. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of management. Chairperson. 
M.B.A., Ohio State University. 

M.A., St. Francis Graduate School of Industrial Relations 

Mr. Leonard teaches Managerial Finance, Principles of Management, Management Informa- 
tion Systems, Productions Operations Management, Organizational Behavior and 
Development, Labor-Management Relations, and Computer Applications. Mr. Leonard is 
also director of Lebanon Valley's Supervisory Management Institute. 

Barney T. Raffield III, associate professor of management. 
Ph.D., Union Graduate School. 

Dr. Raffield teaches courses in Marketing, Business Policy, Advertising, Consumer Behav- 
ior, and International Business Management. He has just completed co-authoring a textbook 
on Marketing Management. Dr. Raffield also provides consulting work for several area small 
businesses in the areas of marketing and advertising. 

Gail Sanderson, assistant professor of accounting. 
M.B.A., Boston University. 

A C.P.A., Ms. Sanderson has professional experience in accounting (public and private 
sectors); income tax; computer systems analysis and design. Ms. Sanderson teaches Finan- 
cial and Managerial Accounting, Cost Accounting, Individual Income Tax, Intermediate 
Accounting, Management Information Systems, and Advanced Accounting. 



75 



Barbara S. Wirth, assistant professor of accounting. 

M.B.A., Lehigh University. 

Ms. Wirth has worked in the public sector as a C.P.A. for 10 years. She teaches Auditing, 

Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting, Principles of Accounting, and Managerial 

Accounting. 

Sharon L. Worley, instructor in management and accounting. 
B.A., San Jose State College. 

Ms. Worley has many years experience in the public sector as a C.P.A. and corporate 
controller. She teaches Quantitative Methods, Financial Accounting and Managerial Ac- 
counting and also serves as a management consultant to area businesses. 

Robert W. Biddle Jr., adjunct instructor in hotel management. 

M.S., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Mr. Biddle is Culinary Arts Instructor at Milton Hershey School. 

Michael C. Zeigler, adjunct instructor in management. 

M.S., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Mr. Zeigler is Director of User Services at Lebanon Valley College and teaches Computer 

Applications in Business. 




Management students are provided with a common body of knowledge that 
conforms with the national standards for the study of business administration. 

76 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered a 
rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. Today an 
increasing national need for mathematically prepared individuals has made our program even 
more attractive. Computer scientists, secondary school mathematics and computer science 
teachers, college professors in mathematical sciences, actuaries, operations research ana- 
lysts, and statisticians are in high and continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline 
and problem solving abilities developed in the study of mathematics have long been 
recognized as excellent preparation for numerous and varied areas of work or study. 

The department offers majors in actuarial science, computer science, applied computer 
science, and in mathematics, and minors in computer science and in mathematics. 

Five students from this department have earned Fulbright Scholarships in recent years for 
graduate study abroad. Graduates have earned Ph.D.s in physics, statistics and computer 
science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. Many are 
Fellows of the Society of Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society. Regularly, nearly 
one-sixth of the Lebanon Valley students named to the Who 's Who in American Colleges 
and Universities will be students from this department. 

Actuarial Science Program 
An actuary is a business professional who uses mathematical training to define, analyze and 
solve financial and social problems. Actuaries are employed by insurance companies, 
consulting firms, large corporations, and the federal and state governments. The Society of 
Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society establish and monitor the professional quali- 
fications of actuaries through a series of rigorous examinations. 

The Actuarial Science program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the mid 1960s 
and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey, an Associate of the Society of Actuaries. Almost 
100 of the college's alumni work in the actuarial profession. The course work is selected to 
provide a foundation in mathematics, accounting and economics and to prepare students for 
courses 100-150 of the Society of Actuaries syllabus and parts 1-4 of the Casualty Actuarial 
Society syllabus. A student may prepare for additional examinations through independent 
study. Lebanon Valley is the only small undergraduate liberal arts college in North America 
with such an extensive actuarial science major. The college has had nearly 100 percent 
placement of actuarial science graduates, with graduates employed by over 50 organizations. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in actuarial science. 

Major: Three of ASC 385, 481, 482, 484; CSC 125; MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 371 , 372, 47 1 
and one of MAS 363 or 335; ECN 101, 102; ACT 151, 152 or 161, 162. (52 credits.) The 
Course 1 00/ Part 1 examination of the actuarial societies must be passed before the end of the 
semester preceding the graduation semester. 

Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC): 

385. The Theory of Interest. Measurement of interest, the time value of money, annuities, 
amortization and sinking funds, bonds and related securities, depreciation and capitalized 

77 



cost. Prerequisite: MAS 112. 3 credits. 

481,482. Actuarial Mathematics I and II. Survival distributions and life tables; life 
insurance; life annuities; net premiums; premium reserves; multiple life functions; multiple 
decrement models; valuation theory for pension plans; the expense factor; and non- 
forfeiture benefits and dividends. Prerequisite: Core. (MAS 111,112,202,222, CSC 125). 
Corequisite: MAS 371,372. 3 credits each. 

484. Casualty Actuarial Mathematics. An introduction to mathematical techniques of 
casualty actuarial work including credibility theory, rate making and loss reserving. Prereq- 
uisite: Core. Corequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

Computer Science Program 
With new facilities and a wide range of computer equipment, the department offers a flexible 
program in computer science. Two distinct majors offer opportunities and challenges for the 
theoretically minded, and for those whose interests are directed towards applications. 

The program in computer science was recently revised and all courses were modified to 
reflect the latest changes in the field, both in hardware and in software. The result is a compact 
sequence of courses of introductory material and in specialized advanced topics that allow 
immediate adaptation of the state of the art, and to the interests of the students. 

The departmental computer lab is equipped with a graphics workstation, networked Unix and 
personal computers, and a wide variety of other equipment. Network connections with other 
labs, classrooms, and the Internet, make a wide variety of systems easily accessible. 
Independent study and internship opportunities encourage diversity and flexibility in 
preparation of leaders in the rapidly changing information world. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in applied computer science; Bachelor of 

Science degree with a major in computer science. 

Major: (Applied Computer Science) CSC 125, 148, 249, 282, 321, 448, 481 or 344, 400 or 
500;ENG210or216;MAS 11 lor 161, 251,270; 15coordinated hours in an area of computer 
application to be arranged with adviser (51-53 credits). 

Major: (Computer Science) CSC 125, 148,249,282,321, 344, 48 1,482 or 448, 400 or 500; 
ENG 210 or 216; MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 251, 270 (52 credits). 

Minor: (Computer Science) CSC 125, 148, 249, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or 
higher; MAS 161,251 (21 credits). 

Note: No course outside of the core (MAS 111,112, 202, 222, CSC 1 25) may be used to meet 
the requirements of more than one major or minor within the Department of Mathematical 
Sciences. 

78 



Courses in Computer Science (CSC): 

125. Computer Tools: An Introduction to Computer Science. Introduction to fundamental 
concepts of computer science through exploration of application software. Topics include: 
information storage, retrieval, and communication, user interfaces, algorithms, spreadsheet, 
data bases, and expert systems. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward graduation 
for both CSC 125 and ACT/MGT 233. 

148. Computers and Programming in Pascal. Introduction to programming in Pascal. 
Prerequisite: CSC 125.3credits. A student may not receive credit toward graduation for CSC 
148 after completing CSC 249 or the equivalent. 

170. Computers and Programming in Basic. Introduction to the basic concepts and 
terminology of computer hardware, software, operating systems and languages. Program- 
ming in Basic. Cannot be used toward a major in computer science or applied computer 
science. 3 credits. 

249. Advanced Programming with C++. Features of the C language. Functions, strings, 
pointers, structures, files, objects, libraries and multiple modules. Prerequisite: CSC 148. 3 credits. 

282. Data Structures. Lists, stacks, queues, trees, tables and networks. Prerequisite: CSC 
249, MAS 251. 3 credits. 

321. Survey of Computer Languages: FORTRAN, COBOL, and C. Syntax, mechanics of 
writing programs, and evaluation of the languages. Prerequisite: CSC 148. 3 credits. 

344. Computer Architecture with MACRO. The organization of computers. Topics include 
instruction sets, registers, memory, devices and interrupts. Prerequisite: CSC 249. 3 credits. 

448. Database Management. Database structure and implementation. Prerequisite: CSC 

282. 3 credits. 

481,482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science 1,11. Topics to be selected from current 
areas of interest and concern in computer science. Possible topics include graphics, compiler 
construction, operating systems, networks, and artificial intelligence. Prerequisites: CSC 
282, MAS 25 1 . 3 credits per semester. 

Mathematics Program 
The increasing role of technology in modern society and the broadening scope of the 
scientific paradigm have generated a growing need for mathematicians in business, industry 
and government. Also, the national goal of improving the mathematical competence of high 
school graduates has created a demand for teachers and professors in mathematics that will 
not subside for many years. 

The department continues its reputation of preparing its students for a variety of mathematical 
specialties by maintaining high standards of performance. A full roster of traditional courses, 

79 



seminars, and independent study prepares our students for a career or graduate study. 

A group of core courses sets the foundations of mathematical knowledge and gives the 
student time to discover the direction of his or her interest. Advanced courses prepare the 
student for graduate study, the teaching profession, and a variety of careers in statistics, 
operations research, and research and development in industry and business. 

Close cooperation with other departments allows the student also to have a major or minor 
in another field to enhance the opportunities after graduation. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics. 

Major: MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 25 1 ; five additional MAS courses numbered 200 or higher 
subject to: no more than one numbered below MAS 300, at least one of 270 or 372, at least 
oneof 322, 325,411, 412, atleastoneof 335, 363; MAS 498, MAS 499; CSC 125 (39credits). 

Minor: MAS 161 , 162; 202 or 25 1 ; 222; 3 courses from CSC 148 or MAS courses numbered 
200 or higher (22 credits). 

The mathematics minor is not available for actuarial science majors. No course outside of the 
core (MAS 111, 112, 202, 222, CSC 1 25) may be used to meet the requirements of more than 
one major or minor within the Department of Mathematical Sciences. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathematics 
must complete a mathematics major which includes MAS 322, 325, 360; must take CSC 148; 
and must take EDU 1 10, and SED 420, 430 and 440. 

Courses in Mathematics (MAS): 

100. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Topics may 
include: patterns and inductive reasoning, calculators, number systems, nature of algebra, 
interest, installment buying, and geometric concepts. 3 credits. 

102. Pre-Calculus, Algebra and Trigonometry. A review of college algebra and trigonom- 
etry. Algebraic expressions and equations, inequalities, absolute value, exponents, logarithms, 
functional notation, graphs of functions, systems of equations, modeling and work problems, 
angular measurement, trigonometric functions, identities, formulas, radian measure, graphs 
of trigonometric and inverse functions. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward 
graduation after completing MAS 111, 161, or the equivalent. 

111,112. Analysis 1,11. A rigorous calculus sequence for departmental majors and other 
students desiring a theoretical presentation of elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement 
testing or MAS 102. 5 credits per semester. A student may not receive credit toward 
graduation after completing MAS 161, 162 or the equivalent. 



80 



150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to finite mathematics with emphasis on economic and 
business applications. Include sets, lines and systems of equations, matrices, linear program- 
ming, probability, statistics, Markov processes, mathematics of finance. 3 credits. A student 
may not receive credit toward graduation after completing MAS 161 , 162, or the equivalent. 

161. Calculus I. The first course of a calculus sequence with emphasis on applications. 
Functions and limits, differentiation, integration, introduction to logarithm and exponential 
functions. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. 3 credits. A student may not receive 
credit toward graduation after completing MAS 1 1 1 or the equivalent. 

162. Calculus II. Continuation of topics from MAS 161. Additional applications of 
differentiation and integration, logarithm and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric 
and hyperbolic functions, improper integrals, Hopital's rule, infinite series, and conic 
sections. Prerequisite: MAS 161. 4 credits. A student may not receive credit toward 
graduation after completing MAS 1 12 or the equivalent. 

170. Elementary Statistics. Elementary descriptive and inferential statistics. Topics include 
graphical representation, measure of central tendency, probability, binomial distribution, 
normal distribution, hypothesis testing, and estimation. 3 credits. A student may not receive 
credit toward graduation after completing MAS 372 or the equivalent. 

202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory and cardinal numbers. 
Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

211. Analysis III. Continuation of Analysis I,H and Calculus I and II. Prerequisite: MAS 112 
or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

222. Linear Algebra. Vectors, matrices, and systems of equations. Prerequisite: MAS 112 
or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

251. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and the 
information sciences logic, boolean algebra, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, 
induction, relations, and finite graphs. Prerequisite: MAS 111 or MAS 161. 3 credits. A 
student may not receive credit toward graduation after completing MAS 202 and 371. 

266. Differential Equations. First and second order differential equations, partial differential 
equations. Prerequisite: MAS 211. 3 credits. 

270. Intermediate Statistics. An advanced version of MAS 170. Prerequisite: MAS 111,161 
or permission of instructor. 3 credits. (Credit may not be received for both MAS 170 and 270.) 

322. Abstract Algebra. Fundamentals of groups, rings, fields. Prerequisite: MAS 222. 3 credits. 

325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of Absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean geom- 
etries. Prerequisite: MAS 112 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

81 



335. Operations Research I. Linear programming, dynamic programming, integer program- 
ming, queueing theory, project scheduling, stochastic simulation, and decision analysis. 
Prerequisite: MAS 222,371. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward graduation 
for both MAS 335 and ECN/MGT 322. 

336. Operations Research II. Continuation of topics from MAS 335, and selected topics 
from goal programming, network analysis, game theory, stochastic processes, inventory 
theory, forecasting, and reliability. Prerequisite: MAS 335. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course for those preparing to 
teach mathematics at the secondary level. Topics include: issues and trends in mathematics 
education, history of mathematical pedagogy, enrichment and professional development 
resources, teaching techniques, and use of technology. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits. 

363. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root-finding 
algorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations, 
splines, numerical solution of differential equations, Monte Carlo methods, optimization, 
least squares. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162 and CSC 125. 3 credits. 

371. Mathematical Probability. Random variables, discrete and continuous and distribu- 
tions. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

372. Mathematical Statistics. A theoretical introduction to estimation, tests of hypotheses, 
regression, and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

411. Real Analysis. Topology of the real numbers. Continuity, convergence. Measure theory, 
Lebesque Integration. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits. 

412. Functions of a Complex Variable. Analytic functions. Cauchy theorem, conformal 
mapping. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits. 

471. Applied Statistics. An application oriented presentation of analysis of variance, 
regressions, and time series analysis. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

498. Problem Solving/Recreational Math. A survey of interesting, challenging, and enter- 
taining problems with emphasis on problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: Core. 1 credit. 

499. Famous Problems. A survey of famous problems from mathematics; solved and 
unsolved, ancient and modern. Prerequisite: Core. 1 credit. 

Faculty 
Lee A. Chasen, assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. 

Dr. Chasen recently completed his Ph.D. in algebraic topology. He will teach a variety of 
mathematics courses. 

82 



Michael D. Fry, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

Dr. Fry is president of the Susquehanna Valley Chapter of the Association for Computing 
Machinery and a member of the Executive Board of the Eastern Pennsylvania and Delaware 
Section of the Mathematical Association of America. His interests include geometry of 
fractals, mathematical computing, analysis of algorithms, graphics, and programming from 
machine language up. He teaches courses at all levels in computer science, statistics, upper 
level geometry and algebra, and other mathematics courses. 

Bryan V.Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson. Coordinator, Actuarial 
Science Program. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Dr. Hearsey is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries, serves on the Society of Actuaries 
Career Encouragement Committee, and is the Society of Actuaries Liaison Representative 
to the Mathematical Association of America. He is a member of the Mathematical Associa- 
tion of America and serves on their American Junior High School Exam Committee and on 
the Committee on American Mathematics Competitions. He teaches actuarial science 
courses and a broad range of mathematics courses. 

Joerg W. P. Mayer, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Giessen. 

Dr. Mayer has extensive experience in undergraduate and graduate teaching, and in 

government and industrial consulting. His publications range from mathematical research to 

educational philosophy, including numerous reviews in mathematical and computer 

sciences, and textbooks on algebraic topology and computer assembly language. His 

teaching interests lie in advanced mathematics and basic computer science. 

Mark A. Townsend, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 

Dr. Townsend is most interested in numerical analysis, applied mathematics, teacher 

education, and innovative methods for teaching mathematics to college students. He is a 

recipient of the college's Vickroy Award for Distinguished Teaching. He teaches a wide 

range of mathematics courses, from freshman level courses for humanities and business 

majors to upper level courses for math majors. 

Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct instructor in mathematical sciences. 

M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School. 

Rev. Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching students with 

"math anxiety". He teaches the pre-calculus course and Concepts of Mathematics. He is a 

winner of the Knisely Teaching award. 

John F. Nau Jr., adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute. 

Interested in mathematical modeling in teaching systems management. Teaching specialty 

is applied mathematics. 

83 



MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College liberal 
arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate and lead. 

Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years results in 
no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the various roles of 
Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: written and oral commu- 
nication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence. 

Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years will 
receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Army, The U.S. Army 
Reserve or The Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months 
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission. 

Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or who desire 
to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Professor of Military Science, 
Dickinson College, 717-245-1221, for further information. 

Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the academic 
year: rappelling, rifle qualification, cross-country skiing, white-water rafting, leadership 
exercises, land navigation, orientation trips and formal social functions. Program participants 
may also apply for special training courses during the summer: airborne, air assault and 
northern warfare schools. 

Financial Assistance: Books and equipment for military science courses and the ROTC 
program are provided free of charge to all cadets. All juniors and seniors in the ROTC 
program (Advanced Course) and scholarship cadets are paid a tax-free subsistence allow- 
ance of $150 per month and receive certain other benefits. 

Scholarships: Army ROTC scholarships based on merit are available. Scholarships are 
awarded in four varieties or tiers: Tier I provides $12,000 annually in tuition assistance 
coupled with $450 in book fees and $150 per month ($1,500 annually) in spending money. 
Tier II provides $8,000 annually with the same book fee and spending allowance. Tier III 
provides $5,000 annually, with the same book fee and spending allowance. Tier IV provides 
$2,000 annually and the monthly spending allowance. Cadets and other Lebanon Valley 
College students may compete for three-year and two-year scholarships. Recipients agree 
to a service obligation. Lebanon Valley College will provide a supplement to the Tier I and 
II scholarships. For additional information, contact the Professor of Military Science at 867- 
6076 or 717-245-1221. 

Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study program in 
the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army ROTC Basic 
Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and benefits as a student 
enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eligible to participate in 
this program. 

Advanced Leadership Practicum: The practicum consists of a six-week summer training 
program at an Army installation that stresses the application of military skills to rapidly 
changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make sound decisions, to 
direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals and to meet the mental and 

84 



physical challenges presented to them. Completion of this practicum is required prior to 
commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and senior years. Participants 
receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care, and pay. 

Degree Requirements: 

Requirements: MIL 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402; HIS 327. 

Courses in Military Science (MIL): 

101,102. Introduction to Military Science. Emphasizes developing self-confidence and 
bearing. Instruction and weekly practical training in the basic skills of map reading, 
rappelling, weapons, communications, first aid, tactical movements, customs, courtesies, 
public speaking, and leadership. Meets one hour per week, two or three Saturdays of 
adventure training and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each semester. 

201,202. Application of Military Science. Advanced instruction in topics introduced in the 
first year. Participation in operations and basic tactics to demonstrate leadership problems 
and to develop leadership skills. Meets two hours per week each semester. Also two to three 
Saturdays of adventure training and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each 
semester. 

301,302. Advanced Application of Military Science. Emphasis on leadership. Situations 
require direct interaction with other cadets and test the student's ability to meet goals and to 
get others to do the same. Students master basic tactical skills of the small unit leader. Meets 
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite: Open only to 
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester. 

401,402. Command and Staff Emphasis is placed on developing planning and decision- 
making capabilities in the areas of military operations, logistics, and administration. Meets 
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite: Open only to 
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester. 

Faculty 
Victor L. Cobb, training and operations non-commissioned office. 
Sergeant First Class, United States Army. 

Deborah L. Geiger, adjunct assistant professor of military science. 
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Captain, United States Army. 

Robert Knight, senior trainer of military science. 

A.S.., Fayetteville Technical Institute. Master Sergeant, United States Army. 

Harry Owens, professor of military science. 

J.D., University of Detroit School of Law. Lieutenant Colonel, United States Army. 



85 



DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Students in the Department of Music may major in one of three areas: music, music education, 
or sound recording technology. Each student, regardless of major, is required to take a core 
of courses in music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional course 
work particular to his/her area of interest. 

Music Program 
Music majors will exhibit proficiency at the piano and in voice, each to be determined by jury . 
Precise requirements for these proficiencies and the Recital Attendance requirement are 
found in the Department of Music Student Handbook. To prepare for proficiency juries, 
students can take MSC 510 and/or 520. Music majors will be in at least one major performing 
ensemble (identified as either Marching Band, Symphonic Band, Concert Choir, or Sym- 
phony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. All students may earn up to 12 credits for 
ensemble participation. They will enroll in private study on their principal instrument/voice 
during each fall and spring semester. 

Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study in that 
instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at the same 
time. 

Degree Requirements: 

The Bachelor of Arts in Music (B. A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career in 
music with a strong liberal arts background. All B.A. candidates will take an hour lesson per 
week in their principal performance medium. Students in the Jazz studies concentration will 
take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this requirement. The 
Theory /Composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 530 individual 
composition each semester to fulfill this requirement. B.A. in Music students are expected 
to give a one-half junior recital, and a full senior recital. These are given in consultation with 
and at the recommendation of their private instructor and a pre-performance jury. Concen- 
trations identified in the Department of Music Student Handbook include: Piano, Organ, 
Voice, Instrumental, Sacred Music, Jazz Studies, and Theory/Composition. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts in Music. 

Majors: Core courses in all music degree programs are: MSC 099, 115, 116, 117, 1 18, 215, 
217, 246, 328, 341 and 342. MSC 530 for B.S. and B.M. candidates, and MSC 540 for B.A. 
candidates. In addition, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 or 604 each 
semester, exceptions noted previously. 

Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 600; 
Voice concentration: MSC 2 1 6,233,326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 2 1 6, 3 16, 35 1 , 
and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred Music 
concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration: MSC 120, 
218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory/Composition concentration: MSC 216, 315, 329, 
416 and 500: Senior Composition Project. 

86 



Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 100, 115, 1 16, 1 17, 341 or 342 plus one music literature 
elective: MSC 120, 200, 341 or 342. Minors also take MSC 530 for four semesters and must 
participate in a music ensemble for four semesters. 

Student Recitals 

Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a wide 
range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimination. 
Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and helps to 
develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of performance 
ability appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their degree program, 
performance readiness, and in consultation with the private teacher. 

Courses in Music (MSC): 

099. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a Satisfac- 
tory/Unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits. 

100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music designed 
to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits. 

110. Class Piano for Beginners . 1 credit. 

111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides their own instrument. 1 credit. 

115. Harmony I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmonization of 
melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 

116. Harmony II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh chords, 
nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 2 credits. 

117. Ear Training and Sight Singing I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, 
triads and simple harmonic progressions. Music core course. 2 credits. 

118. Ear Training and Sight Singing II. A continuation of MSC 117, emphasizing clef 
reading, modality, modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic 
patterns. Music core course. 2 credits. 

120. American Music History. A historical survey of American music emphasizing stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes 
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. 3 credits. 

123. Brass I. A study of the trumpet and trombone. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques. 
1 credit. 

124. Brass II. A study of the remainder of the brass family (horn, baritone, tuba). Emphasis 
on pedagogical techniques. Mixed brass ensemble experience. 1 credit. 

87 



727. Percussion I. A study of the snare drum. 1/2 credit. 

200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will focus on 
genre and period studies. 3 credits. 

215. Harmony III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dominants, 
augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modulation. Music 
core course. 2 credits. 

216. Harmony IV. A study of 20th century compositional techniques, including modal and 
whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and various rhyth- 
mic and metric procedures. 2 credits. 

217. Ear Training and Sight Singing HI. A continuation of MSC 118, emphasizing 
chromatic materials and more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music 
core course. 2 credits. 

218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, improvision 
and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 1 15, 1 16, and 215. 2 credits. 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors 
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing, 
notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Elemen- 
tary Education 220. } 

228. Percussion II. A study of the remainder of the percussion instruments (timpani, bass 
drum and others). 1/2 credit. 

231. Woodwind I. A study of the woodwind family (flute, oboe, saxophone, bassoon). 
1 credit. 

232. Woodwind II. A continuing study of the woodwind family. 1 credit. 

233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English; German, French, 
Italian, and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice concen- 
tration majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students 
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits. 

280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 110 and permission. 1-3 credit(s). 

306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with 
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits. 



375. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part 
work in all the species. 2 credits. 

316. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the keyboard, 
transposition, and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is required for 
admission to the course. 2 credits. 

326. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching repertoire. 
Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the works 
studied. 2 credits. 

327. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private 
lessons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise 
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching procedures 
in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy will be 
studied. 2 credits. 

328. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and compound 
forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed primarily 
upon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural and visual 
analysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 

329. Form and Analysis II. A study through analysis and listening of fugal forms, suite, 
complex sonata forms and techniques for analysis of certain contemporary styles of music. 
2 credits. 

333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of 
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education, 
varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applications, 
and analysis of materials. 3 credits. 

334. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches 
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. 3 credits. 

335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy, and 
methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching band) 
from elementary through high school levels. 3 credits. 

336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per week 
where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit. 

337. String I. A study of violin, viola, cello, string bass. 1 credit. 

338. String II. A continuation of MSC 337. 1 credit. 



89 



341. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music (in 
the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments and 
illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. 3 credits. 

342. History and Literature of Music II. A survey course in the history of Western music 
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments 
and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music core course. 
3 credits. 

345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumental 
groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. 2 credits. 

347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and without 
baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations. 2 
credits. 

357. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earliest 
times to the present day. 2 credits. 

352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various methods 
of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical materials for 
all levels are included. 2 credits. 

401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of band 
and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. 

403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's 
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory 
situation. 2 credits. 

405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the 
student's performance area. 2 credits. 

406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary to 
be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and the 
selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students. 
Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. 

416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scoring 
transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis on 
practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory analysis 
and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits. 

422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with the 
total church music program. Topics include the development of a choir program, methods 

90 



and techniques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 
3 credits. 

441. Student Teaching. Music education majors spend a semester in the music department 
of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. Prerequisites: 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 during the first six semesters 
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 1995). 

(2) successful completion of piano and voice juries 

(3) completion of music core courses and MSC 123, 124, 127, 216, 228, 231, 232, 
316, 333, 334 ,335, 336, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 110 

(4) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the 
college cannot insure that student teaching placement can be in a local geographic area. 
6/6 for a total of 12 credits. 

500. Independent Study. See requirements on page 28. 1-3 credit(s). 

510. Class Piano Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal piano skills. 
Preparation for department piano proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

520. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for but not restricted to music majors with minimal 
vocal skills. Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

530. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit. 

540. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits. 

600. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration 
student prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is given 
for one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distributed over 
the last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s). 

Music Ensembles 

601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all 
students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for music 
education majors. One semester satisfies 1 unit of Physical Activity of the general education 
requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open to 
all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and arrangements 
of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the 
second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on 
occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open to 
all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

91 



604. Concert Choir. 

Sec. 1 . Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. College Choir. 

Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs chamber 
vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit. 

61 0. Woodwind Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

615. Brass Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

625. Jazz Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. 

Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

630. Chamber Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

635. Handbell Choir. 

Sec. 1 . Beginning. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Advanced. 1/2 credit. 

Music Education Program 
The Bachelor of Science in Music Education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania Depart- 
ment of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music, is 
designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten through grade 
twelve, instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music education major 
prepare the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania Department of Education and 
are administered by competency jury. Students participate in student teaching in area 
elementary and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as well as the student teaching 

92 



semester, each student is responsible for transportation arrangements. During the student 
teaching semester, the candidate is not required to register for recital attendance, private 
lessons, or an ensemble. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Music Education. 

Music Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MSC 123, 124, 127, 216, 228, 231, 232, 316, 
333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 345 or 347, 416, 441, EDU 110, PSY 210, 220, and a 2.50 
cumulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register for only 
one half-hour lesson in their principal performance medium during the student teaching 
semester if they are preparing a recital. 

Sound Recording Technology Program 
The Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Sound Recording Technology (B.M.) is designed for 
students who wish to gain theoretical and practical knowledge necessary for careers in the 
fields of audio production, radio, television, film and multimedia. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Sound Recording Technology 

Sound Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: SRT 277, 278, 377, 386, 388, 400, 
487, PHY 103, 104, 110, 212, 350, MAS 102 (or higher), CSC 125 or MGT 233. 

Courses in Sound Recording Technology (SRT): 

277. Recording Technology I. An introduction to the fundamentals of sound recording 
technology. Topics include sound and listening, the basic audio chain, microphones, analog 
tape machines, basic mixers, and equipment interface. Mastery of the fundamentals will 
facilitate students to engineer simple and multi-microphone two-track stereo recordings. 
Prerequisites: PHY 103, 104 and/or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

278. Recording Technology II. This course begins with multi-track consoles and tape 
machines, and continues study of multi-track techniques and mixdown, microphone place- 
ment, reverberation, equalization, compressors and expanders, noise reduction, and the 
decibel. Emphasis is on critical listening and practical applications. Students learn to 
engineer multi-microphone, multi-track recordings and mixdown sessions. Prerequisite: 
SRT 277. 3 credits. 

3 77. Recording Technology III. This course examines advanced techniques of recording and 
mixing, special effects and digital effects processors, and analog tape machine theory and 
alignment. Also studied are digital technologies, and time code usage. Mastery of these topics 
will facilitate students to engineer multi-microphone multi-track production. Prerequisite: 
SRT 278. 3 credits. 

386. Recital Recording Practicum. Students record a chamber music performance, applying 

93 



researched techniques, and produce a recording comparable to commercial release standards. 
Prerequisite: SRT 377. 1 credit. 

388. Audio Topics Practicum. Students study topics of individual interest, ranging from 
research to production, technique, and maintenance. Prerequisite: SRT 377; non-majors 
require permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. 4 credits. 

487. Advanced Audio Topics Practicum. Students study senior level topics of individual 
interest including advanced research, applications, and production. Prerequisite: SRT 377; 
non-majors require permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

500. Independent Study. 1-3 credit(s). 

Faculty 
George D. Curfman, professor of music education. 
Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

He teaches music education methods courses and coordinates music student teaching. He 
serves as a consultant/clinician for the Pennsylvania Music Educators Association and 
advises the campus Pennsylvania Collegiate Music Education Association. 

Johannes M. Dietrich, assistant professor of music. 

DMA., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music. 

He teaches violin, viola, the string methods courses, and the music history sequence. He 

directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles and 

performs solo recitals. 

Scott H. Eggert, associate professor of music. 

DM. A., University of Kansas. 

He teaches music theory, composition, music history, class and applied piano. He is active 

as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus. 

Robert H. Hearson, associate professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 

A low brass specialist, he directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music education 

and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is founder/director 

of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the LVC Honors Band. 

He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active as a performer, 

clinician, adjudicator, and guest conductor. 

Barry R. Hill, instructor in music. 

B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at Asheville. 

As director of the sound recording technology program, he teaches sound recording courses 

and administers other aspects of the program, including supervision of interns. 

94 



Mark L. Mecham, associate professor of music. Chairperson. 

DMA., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music education, 

and voice. Conductor of the LVC Concert Choir and Chamber Choir, he also serves as 

adjudicator, clinician, and consultant. 

Philip G. Morgan, associate professor of music. 

M.S., Pittsburg State University (Kansas). 

He teaches applied voice with specialization in vocal technique, vocal pedagogy and vocal 

literature. He performs frequently in solo recitals, oratorios, and chamber recitals in the 

United States and Europe. He serves as vocal coach for Hershey Park's summer shows. 

Suzanne Caldwell Riehl, assistant professor of music. 

MM., Westminster Choir College. 

She teaches applied organ and piano, class piano and sacred music courses. She performs 

frequently in solo organ and harpsichord recitals. 

Thomas M. Strohman, instructor in music. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

He tis responsible for woodwind studies, jazz studies, and directs the jazz ensembles. A 

founding member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," he has recorded for Columbia Artists. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music. 

DMA., University of Iowa. 

He teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis and piano 

pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist. He serves as the faculty 

adviser to Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia, the men's music fraternity. 

Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs. 

B. A., Colby College. 

She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University. 

Joseph G. Bashore, adjunct instructor in music. 

M.F.A., University of Iowa. 

He teaches applied piano and is an active performer and accompanist in the region. 

Teresa R. Bowers, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Ohio State University. 

She teaches applied flute, double reeds, flute pedagogy, and conducts the flute ensemble. She 

is a member of Duo Francais, a flute-harp duo, and frequently appears as a recitalist and 

clinician. 

James H. Boyer, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.E.E., University of Delaware. 

He is an instructor in the sound recording technology program. Currently vice-president of 

95 



KAO Infosy stems Company in Lancaster, he engineered all of Billy Joel's albums between 
1977 and 1986. 

Erwin P. Chandler, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Indiana University. 

He teaches applied horn and is active as a composer/arranger and conductor. 

James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music. 

Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 

D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the LVC Low Brass 

Ensemble. He is active as a performer on the trombone and appears nationally as a soloist and 

clinician. 

Timothy M. Erdman, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.S., Temple University . 

Formerly trumpet soloist, "The President's Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 

D.C; he has been principal trumpet with the Harrisburg and Reading Symphonies. Instructor 

of applied trumpet, he is a member of "Basic' ly Brass," a professional brass quintet. 

Maximilian D. Fleischman, adjunct instructor in music. 

MM., Eastman School of Music. 

He teaches applied piano and is an active performer in the region. 

Nevelyn J. Knisley, adjunct associate professor of music. 

M.F.A., Ohio University. 

She performs extensively as a piano soloist, accompanist and chamber music performer. She 

serves as faculty adviser to Sigma Alpha Iota, the women's music fraternity. 

James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music. 

A member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," his teaching specialty is string bass and 

electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area. 

Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Combs College of Music. 

He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons and class guitar. 

Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., University of Miami. 

He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble. 

Lawrence Oncley, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 

He teaches applied cello and performs with the Reading Symphony and the Susquehanna 

String Quartet. 



96 



Victoria Rose, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Towson State University. 

Teaching class voice and private lessons, she is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in 

Central Pennsylvania, Philadelphia and Baltimore. 

Robert Siemers, adjunct instructor in music. 

MM., Eastman School of Music. 

He teaches applied piano and is an active performer in the region. 

William F. Stine, adjunct instructor in music. 

MM., West Chester University. 

He is an instructor in the sound recording technology program. 




The Department of Music offers majors in three areas: music, music education and sound 

recording technology. 



97 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Physical Education Program 
Although the college does not offer a major in physical education, two units of physical 
education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits of good 
health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life. 

Courses in Physical Education (PED): 

102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic movements. 
The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and weight control 
and heart rate monitoring. 

113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. About 
eight weeks will be spent in league play. 

122. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and weight 
control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement, and flexibility training. 

125. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf. 

735. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competition 
used in racquetball. 

146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in singles 
and doubles. 

160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction. 

162. Water Exercise. Includes water-walking, water running and other aerobic water 
exercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve strength 
and cardiovascular endurance. 

167. Scuba. Instruction by certified dive shop. Learn to use the equipment in sports center 
pool and then go to various sites for dives. 

168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding program 
is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge necessary to 
keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After successfully 
completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in: 

Lifeguarding (3 year certification) 

First Aid (3 year certification) 

CPR for the Professional Rescuer (1 year certification) 

169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills, 
knowledge, and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross 

98 



Swimming and Water Safety courses: 

Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP) 
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression 
Basic Water Safety 
Emergency Water Safety 
Water Safety Instructor Aide 

170. Skiing. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction at Blue Marsh Ski Area. 

180. Team Sports. Softball, volleyball and basketball, four to five weeks of each, emphasiz- 
ing team concepts. 

190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport. 

Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list of 
approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by taking 
the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical education unit 
waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a varsity sport, one 
semester of marching band, or one semester of military science. Students must sign up for the 
varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity. 

Faculty 
O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education. Chairperson. 
MA. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University. 

He instructs the fitness and weight training classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse 
rate and recovery, strength testing devices and workout charts. He also instructs team 
activities such as softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic department are track 
and field and cross country. 



Participation in an intercollegiate 
varsity sport qualifies as one of the 
physical education requirements. 




99 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Physics Program 
Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement of 
experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at Lebanon 
Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws dealing with 
motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear structure, 
and the properties of matter. 

Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as physicists 
and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other possibilities include 
technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue their professional 
training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to other professional 
schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business. 

The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the fourth floor of the Garber Science 
Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratory, the department maintains an x-ray 
laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic physics laboratory, electronics laboratory, and nuclear 
physics laboratory. Students majoring in physics also have the opportunity to use equipment 
(e.g., electron microscope, mass spectrometer, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer) 
maintained by other science departments. 

Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as paid 
laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research, and participate in the local 
chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportunities, supported by 
college funds or external grants, are available for physics students. 

Students majoring in physics also have a unique opportunity for study abroad. A student can 
spend a semester, typically in the senior year, as a physics student at the University of Surrey 
in England. This opportunity combines a continuing education in physics with the richness 
of an international experience. 

The Physics Department also directs the "3+2" Engineering program. For details see 
Cooperative Programs, page 24. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics. 

Major: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12, 21 1, 31 1, 312, 321, 322, plus 6 additional semester hours (at least 2 
in experimental physics); MAS 161, 162, 211 and 266 or MAS 111, 112, 211 and 266. (43- 
46 credits) 

Minor: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12 (or 103, 104), 21 1, plus 6 credits in physics at or above the 200 level; 
MAS 11 1 or 161. (21-23 credits) 



100 



Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in physics must 
take PHY 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and 
440. 

Courses in Physics (PHY): 

100. Physics and Its Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some of the important 
concepts of physics, both classical and modern, and with the scientific method, its nature and 
its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relationships to other 
disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly two-hour laboratory 
period provides experience in the acquisition, representation, and analysis of experimental 
data, and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the course deals. 4 credits. 

103,104. General College Physics 1,11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and 
laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area. 
4 credits per semester. 

110. The Physics of Music. The study of wave motion, analysis and synthesis of waves, 
resonance, physical characteristics of music sounds, musical instruments, the reproduction 
and amplification of sound, and the acoustical properties of rooms. A working knowledge of 
algebra is required. 3 credits. 

111,112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical physics, designed 
for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. Calculus is 
used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the second 
semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite 
or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161. 4 credits per semester. 

211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modern physics, including the 
foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic nucleus, radioactivity, 
and nuclear reactions, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 1 04 or 1 12, MAS 
1 1 1 or 161, or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, including 
diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, and integrated 
circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 104 or 112, or permission. 

4 credits. 

302. Optics. A study of the physics of light, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave 
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The 
course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems, and fiber 
optics. Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and second 
laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and engineering are 

101 



included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. Prerequisites: 
PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

311,312. Analytical Mechanics 1,11. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including the 
motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles, and the motion of a rigid body. 
Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler description of rigid 
body motion, and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are among the topics 
treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 1 1 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

321,322. Electricity and Magnetism 1,11. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromagne- 
tism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of problems. The 
electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current circuits, 
the Maxwell field equations, and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are among the 
topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

327,328. Experimental Physics 1,11. Experimental work selected from the area of mechan- 
ics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, or nuclear physics, with 
emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques, and analysis of data. Prerequisite: 
PHY 211.1 credit per semester. 

350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in audio engineering. The course 
examines RC and LC circuits, filters, impedance, audio frequency amplifier circuits, and 
basic digital theory. Laboratory work is included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the 
student with some of the special methods, programs, and problems in the teaching of physics 
in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit. 

421,422. Quantum Mechanics 1,11. A study of selected topics in modern physics, utilizing 
the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such systems as 
potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. Perturbation 
techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are introduced where appro- 
priate. Prerequisites: PHY 211 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoretical 
physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science and the teaching of 
physics. He also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. 

Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion bombarded 



102 



surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests include 
electronics and experimental design. 

William Robert Miller Jr., visiting professor of physics. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

J. Robert O'Donnell, professor emeritus of physics. 

M.S., University of Delaware. 

He is interested in the physics of music, including the acoustical properties of the guitar. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, professor emeritus of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

His background is nuclear physics with interests in the relationship of physics and society. 

Arlen J. Greiner, adjunct instructor of physics. 

M.S., Franklin and Marshall College. 

Having been an engineer for RCA and GE for over 25 years, his background includes physics 

and engineering with a specialization in electronics. 




Career Planning and Placement Director Dave Evans (center) meets with students to 

discuss career options. 



103 



DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AND ECONOMICS 

Political Science Program 
Political scientists study government and politics with a particular interest in the political 
behavior of individuals, groups, and institutions. Many pre-law students major in this 
discipline (see page 1 13 for offerings in the pre-law program). Other majors have gone on 
to graduate school or careers in politics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science. 

Major: PSC 1 11, 112, 130, 210, 220, 350 and six additional elective courses in political 
science (36 credits). 

Minor: PSC 111, 112, 130, 210, 220, and one additional elective course in political science 
(18 credits). 

Courses in Political Science (PSC): 

111. American National Government I. The nature of American democracy, constitutional 
foundations of American government, the federal system, civil rights and liberties, political 
behavior, political parties, and campaigns and elections. 3 credits. 

112. American National Government II. The structures and functions of American govern- 
ment (Presidency, Congress, courts, and bureaucracy), and the foreign and domestic policy 
making process. 3 credits. 

130. International Politics. The origin, forms, dynamics, and prospects of the international 
political pattern, with emphasis on current developments and changing concepts in world 
politics. 3 credits. 

140. Modern Asia. A broadly interdisciplinary survey of the development of modern East 
and Southeast Asia. The region's diverse social, cultural, political, and economic character- 
istics are examined, and particular attention is given to the complex relationship between 
Asia and the West. 3 credits. 

150. Modern Middle East. A broadly interdisciplinary survey of the development of the 
modern Middle East. The region's diverse social, cultural, political, and economic charac- 
teristics are examined and particular attention given to the complex relationship between the 
Middle East and the west. 3 credits. 

210. Comparative Government. A comparative study of important political systems of the 
world, including an introduction to the basic methodologies. PSC 111 and 112 strongly 
recommended as preparation. 3 credits. 



104 



211. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, Asia, 
Africa, and the Middle East. The political economy of development, in both its domestic and 
international dimensions is emphasized. Prerequisites: PSC 111/ 112 strongly recom- 
mended. 3 credits. 

216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. Evaluation of behavioral research 
emphasizing the descriptive and inferential statistics used in experiments and correlational 
studies. Pre-requisite or corequisite: PS Y 100 or 120. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Psychology 
216.} 

220. Political Philosophy. A survey of Western philosophies and theories of government, 
ancient and modern. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 220.} 

250. Public Policy Analysis. This course gives students an understanding of the public policy 
process and of policy analysis at the national level of government. The course includes 
theories of policy-making as well as an examination of such substantive policy areas as 
foreign, defense, subsidy, and redistributive policies. Prerequisites: PSC 111 and 112, or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

260. The President and Congress. This course will examine the Presidency and Congress as 
institutions and as policy-making agencies of the government. It will focus on the necessary 
interactions between these two branches of the national government. Prerequisite: PSC 112. 

312. American Foreign Policy. A survey of the external relations of the American 
government, emphasizing 20th century developments. Subjects include diplomacy, military 
affairs, geographic and regional problems, trade and aid, technology and underdevelopment, 
alliances, nuclear problems, and opposing ideologies. PSC 111 and 112 strongly recom- 
mended as preparation. 3 credits. 

315. American Constitutional Law I. Constitutional law and interpretation and the powers 
of government. Topics include judicial review, national supremacy, private property, 
contracts, commerce powers, equal rights, and civil liberties. PSC 111 and 112 strongly 
recommended. 3 credits. 

316. American Constitutional Law II. Constitutional law and interpretation and the Bill of 
Rights. Emphasis is given to civil liberties, equal rights, and rights of the accused. PSC 111 
and 112 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process, with emphasis on presidential 
and congressional elections and the role of parties, public opinion, and interest groups. 3 
credits. 

330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state and 
local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local 
relations with the federal government. 3 credits. 

105 



350. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior Political Science majors to 
pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the seminar 
is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research conference. 3 credits. 
Prerequisites: major in Political Science and junior or senior standing. 

415. Foundations of American Law. An historical survey of American legal development 
from colonial times to the present. The course is a supplement to Constitutional Law. 
Strongly recommended for pre-law students. Prerequisite: PSC 111, 1 12 or permission of 
the instructor. 3 credits. 

420. Seminar in World Politics. A consideration of significant theories of international 
relations and their applicability to such selected contemporary issues as superpower rela- 
tions, conflict resolution, arms control, and economic interdependence. Prerequisites: PSC 
1 30, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Economics Program 
Economists study the economic system and the actors and factors within that system. In 
addition to the traditional major in economics which deals with decisions and choices made 
by individuals and firms, the department offers a concentration in public policy. This 
concentration includes courses in political science as well as government service-oriented 
internships and emphasizes the application of economic methodology and analytical tools to 
the choices made by society as a whole. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics. 

Major: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in 
economics; ACT 161; MAS 150 or 161 or 111; MAS 170 or 270 or 372 (36 credits). 

Major: (Economics: Public Policy Concentration) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 250, 321, 400, 
410, and 315 or 316; PSC 1 1 1, 1 12 and 250; and ACT 161, MAS 150, MAS 170 or 270 or 

372 (48 credits). 

Minor: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional economics elective 
course (18 credits). 

Courses in Economics (ECN): 

100. Public Issue Economics. This course for the non-major covers public policy issues 
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups like 
corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues covered 
remain current but may include the environment, income distribution, education, race, 
gender, trade, growth and unemployment. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101 
and/or 102 may not receive credit for ECN 100.) 

101. Principles of Microeconomics. The study of how individuals and firms make choices 

106 






within the institution of free-market capitalism. Individuals decide how much of their time 
to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. Firms decide how much 
to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their goods. Together these choices 
determine what is produced, how it is produced and for whom it is produced in our economic 
system. 3 credits. 

102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and 
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals 
with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemployment, 
and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and how they 
predict that monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these variables and reach 
national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101. 3 credits. 

201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of 
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer and 
firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods and 
services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for social 
welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market system are 
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course students develop a model of the 
macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. The 
assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining the 
macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, inflation 
and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, rational expectation and 
Ricardian equivalence and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macroeconomics. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

250. Public Choice Economics. This course is the foundation course for the curriculm in 
Public Policy. It concerns itself with how individuals and groups make decisions in the 
context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the government. It goes beyond 
individual choice and private markets to groups interest and activities. It emphasizes the 
ethical and political nature of all economic choices. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 
3 credits. 

312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit, 
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the 
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The course 
considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and monetary policy 
making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

315. Health Care Finance and Economics . Analysis of the economic problems of health and 
medical care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost- 
effective manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the 
physician, the hospital, and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of 

107 



government and the insurance industry. All economic analysis will be considered within the 
context of medical ethics and societal values. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

316. Ecological Economics. Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human 
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs 
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it attaches 
to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays in decisions 
affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 
102. 3 credits. 

321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its application in 
the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of the Federal 
Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financing and the division 
of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 
102. 3 credits. 

322. Quantitative Methods. An introduction to some of the quantitative methods used in 
modern management and economics. Topics include probability concepts, forecasting, 
decision theory, linear programming, queuing theory, network models, and inventory 
models. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and 170. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Management 322.} 

332. International Economics. A study of the theory and practice of international economic 
relations. Includes the history and purpose of trade and the traditional theory of the gains from 
trade, but also the more modern theory of trade with imperfect competition. The history and 
nature of the institutional structures of trade (World Trade Organization) and international 
finance (International Monetary Fund) are covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics and includes 
using a statistical computer program to analyze economic data that is available from the 
Internet. Each student will complete a major research project that involves data analysis. 
Junior and senior policy economics students are expected to pursue a research interest related 
to their internship work. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102,201,203 and either 250 or permission 
of the instructor. 

Criminal Justice Program- 
Vox students interested in the field of Criminal Justice (including police work, counseling 
juvenile offenders, court assistants, probation work, and other areas), the courses listed below 
constitute the Criminal Justice program. The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the 
Political Science and Economics Departments function as advisers for this program. 
Interested students should consult with one of these advisers. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major or minor in Criminal Justice, but the program can be most easily combined 
with a major in political science or sociology. However, the program is not confined to majors 
in these areas. 

108 



The courses required are as follows: PSC 112,315,316,415; SOC 110,331,333; one of the 
following: SOC 278, SOC 371 , SOC 372; six credits of PSC, PSY, SOC, or SWK 400. (30 credits.) 

Faculty 
D. Eugene Brown, professor of political science. 
Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton. 

Dr. Brown teaches international studies, with a particular emphasis on Asia. He has written 
two books on American foreign policy and a number of papers, articles, monographs, and 
book chapters on Japanese foreign policy. From 1989-1991 he was Visiting Professor of 
Foreign Policy at the U.S. Army War College. 

Paul A. Heise, assistant professor of economics. 

Ph.D., New School for Social Research. 

Dr. Heise' s chief areas of interest are public policy and the history of economic thought. He 

has served in several positions in the Executive Office of the President. He has published in 

the United States and abroad on labor and multinational corporations and on the philosophy 

of Adam Smith. 

Jeanne C. Hey, assistant professor of economics. 
Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Dr. Hey's specialty areas are in economic theory, econometrics, environmental economics, 
and health economics. Her professional affiliations include the American Economic Asso- 
ciation, the American Finance Association, and the Association for Evolutionary Economics . 

John D. Norton, professor of political science. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., American University. 

Dr. Norton teaches courses in American government, constitutional law, political theory, and 

American politics. He is the pre-law adviser for the college. His professional and research 

interests are in the areas of American Constitutionalism, history of political thought, and 

political rhetoric. 



Faculty offer 

individualized attention 

to students both in and 

out of the classroom. 




109 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology Program 
The goal of psychology is the scientific description and explanation of behavior. This goal 
is approached in diverse ways: from laboratory experiments on animal behavior at one 
extreme, to clinical interventions having therapeutic behavioral objectives at the other. This 
diversity makes psychology important to fields such as business, education, and medicine, 
and makes it an integral part of any liberal arts education. 

The undergraduate major in psychology at Lebanon Valley College incorporates many 
aspects of psychology. It includes elements of a general education as well as elements more 
specially tailored to each student' s career training. Some students completing the major have 
gone on to prestigious graduate schools while others have utilized their undergraduate 
training to take jobs in their specialty areas immediately upon graduation. The departmental 
degree requirements are sensitive to this career diversity. 

Degree Requirements: 

The courses required of all psychology majors, include: The Individual and Society (PSY 
100), General Psychology (PSY 1 10), Experimental Psychology (PSY 210), Psychological 
Statistics (PSY 216), Sophomore Semester (PSY 299), and the History of Psychology (PSY 
443). These courses provide a firm foundation for specialization in any of the content areas 
of psychology. 

The student majoring in psychology is also expected to focus in one of four content areas: 

(1) clinical/counseling/school psychology 

(2) experimental psychology 

(3) developmental psychology 

(4) industrial/organizational psychology 

The three required courses in an area of specialization are intended to link the liberal arts 
background to specific career goals. 

In addition to these general and specialized courses, all psychology majors are encouraged 
to participate in the educational process beyond the classroom through independent studies, 
laboratory research, and internships. The department is committed to providing opportuni- 
ties for work experiences as a component of the psychology major. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in psychology. 

Major: PSY 100, 110,210, 216,299, 443; one course from: 335,355, 356, 358; one course 
from 321, 332, 343, 346, 443; and three additional courses from a single specialty area (32 
credits). For a concentration in clinical/counseling psychology the additional courses should 
be from 332, 335, 339, 343, 431, 432. For a concentration in experimental/physiological 
psychology the additional courses should be from 335, 346, 355, 356, 358, 359. For a 

110 



concentration in organizational/industrial psychology the additional courses should be from 
332, 335, 337, 339, 346, 359. For a concentration in developmental psychology the additional 
courses should be from 321, 322, 326, 343, 346, 359. 

Minor: PSY 100, 1 10, 210, 216 and three elective courses in psychology (22 credits). For an 
emphasis in clinical/counseling psychology the electives should be from 332, 343, 43 1, 432. 
For an emphasis in experimental/physiological psychology two of the electives should be 
from 335, 346, 355, 357, 359, 350, 443. For an emphasis in organizational/industrial 
psychology two of the electives should be from 332, 335, 337, 339, 346. For an emphasis in 
developmental psychology two of the electives should be from 321, 322, 326, 343. 

Courses in Psychology (PSY): 

100. Psychology: The Individual and Society. An introduction to psychology as a social 
science. The emphasis is on the interactions of the individual and society that influence 
development, learning, motivation, sexuality, and identity, as well as social and emotional 
adjustment. 3 credits. 

110. General Psychology. A survey course examining the relationship between research and 
theory in the field of psychology. The course is intended to give the student an overview of 
all areas of specialization within psychology. 3 credits. 

210. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. This course focuses on psychology as a 
science. It emphasizes laboratory research, and covers topics relevant to scientific research, 
and science in general (eg. research design, experimental methods, data analysis and 
interpretation, and scientific ethics). Various topics of experimental psychology (eg. sensory 
and perceptual processes, learning and memory, psychological testing, and social behaviors) 
are discussed. 4 credits. 

216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. Evaluation of behavioral research 
emphasizing the descriptive and inferential statistics used in experimental research and 
correlational studies. Prerequisite or corequisite: PSY 100, 110, or 210. 3 credits. {Cross- 
listed as Political Science 216.} 

220. Educational Psychology. Studies of cognitive, behavioral, emotional and social 
processes in the school; required for certification in elementary and music education. 
Prerequisite: PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits. 

299. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to assist psychology majors in developing 
skills that will help them be more successful in future academic and work settings. The 
subjects to be covered include current research in psychology and related fields, how to 
improve writing skills, how to prepare for a career in psychology, how to apply to a graduate 
program, how to study for the GRE, how to choose internships sites and similar topics. 
1 credit. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. 

321. Psychology of Child Development. A study of the patterns of cognitive, social and 

111 



emotional developmental changes occurring during childhood. Special attention is given to 
research studies, developmental mechanisms and theories of development. Prerequisite: 
PSY 100, 1 10 or 210. 3 credits. 

322. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological characteristics 
and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological development, 
social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, emotional development, identity 
and self-concept, sexual development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisite: PSY 
100, 110, 210 or 216. 3 credits. 

326. Psychology of Adult Development. A study of research literature and theories con- 
cerned with psychological change in the adult, from late adolescence to death. The course 
includes the works of such theorists as Maslow and Erikson. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 110, 210 
or 216. 3 credits. 

332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. Introduction to the principles of psychological 
measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and interpretations 
of existing psychological tests. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, or 210. 3 credits. 

335. Research Design and Statistics. A survey of experimental designs utilized in psycho- 
logical investigations. Designs include factorial experiments, field studies, correlative 
designs and multivariate techniques. The primary readings are selected from current research 
in clinical, educational, organizational, and laboratory settings. Prerequisites: PSY 210, 216 
or permission. 3 credits. 

337. Organizational Psychology. A study of psychological principles as applied to problems 
of organizational behavior, with emphasis on personnel selection, human engineering, group 
dynamics, systems design, training, leadership, and performance evaluation. Prerequisite: 
PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits. 

339. Career Counseling. The course surveys assessment of skills and competencies, 
occupational research, decision-making, and job search strategies. Students are encouraged 
to apply the theories of career counseling to their own vocational decisions and goals. 
Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, 210 or permission. 3 credits. 

343. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, emphasizing psychoanalysis, 
humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. Prerequisite: PSY 
100,1 10 or 210; junior or senior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between 
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics covered 
may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person perception, 
attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 1 10 or 210; junior or 
senior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 



112 



350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students with the 
physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including alcohol, 
marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates, LSD and other 
hallucinogens, barbiturates and amphetamines. 3 credits 

355. Learning and Memory. This course surveys psychological research on learning and 
memory. Topics include classical and instrumental conditioning, verbal learning, problem 
solving, basic memory processes, and models of learning and memory. Prerequisite: PSY 
100, 1 10, 210 or permission. 3 credits. 

356. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. This course focuses on the structures and functions 
of sensory systems. It includes the study of the visual system as a model to delineate 
information processing strategies in the eye, the optic nerve, and the brain. The course will 
delineate sensory from perceptual processes. The perception of visual, olfactory, auditory, 
gustatory and vestibular and cutaneous information will be discussed from experimental, 
physiological, and philosophical perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 110, 210 or permis- 
sion. One course in biology is recommended. 3 credits. 

358. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavioral 
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, and motivation and emotion. The laboratory portion of the 
course includes sheep brain dissection and behavioral observation. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 
1 1 0, 2 1 or permission ; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits . { Cross- 
listed as Psychobiology 358.} 

359. Research Practicum. A course designed to provide students with the opportunity to 
develop a research idea and carry it through to completion, with literature, review proposal, 
pilot study, data analysis, write-up, and presentation. The aim of the course is to give students 
practical experience in research so that they have a better appreciation of the nature of the 
research process. Prerequisites: PSY 210 and 216 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

431. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral 
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic 
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual deviations, subnormal 
intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 110 or 210; junior or senior standing or 
permission. 3 credits. 

432. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist persons 
and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group therapy, 
marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 110 
or 210; PSY 431 or some psychiatric experience, or permission. 3 credits. 

443. History and Theory. Studies the history of psychology including philosophical 
concepts, early schools of psychology, important trends, and famous psychologists. Prereq- 
uisites: PSY 110; junior or senior standing; or permission. 3 credits. 

113 



Faculty 
Salvatore S. Cullari, professor of psychology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Western Michigan University. 

His teaching interests are in clinical and abnormal psychology, personality and social 
psychology. His current research areas are in schizophrenia and the study of eating disorders. 

Deanna L. Dodson, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests are in lifespan development, experimental psychology and research 

methods. Her current research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and 

developmental patterns in lateralization. 

Louis Manza, assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

His teaching interests include cognitive psychology, statistics, experimental methodology, 
and the history of psychology. Research interests focus on implicit learning and memory, 
cognition and emotion, attention, and the neurological processes underlying thought pro- 
cesses. 

Steven M. Specht, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton. 

His teaching interests include statistics and experimental design, as well as a variety of areas 

in psychobiology. His current research interests are ingestive behaviors, human taste 

perception and psychobiology. 

Martha Brod, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., Fordham University. 

Her interests include counseling psychology and developmental and educational psychol- 
ogy- 
Joseph E. Peters, adjunct associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

He supervises the internship students. His research interests are in clinical psychology and 
computer applications to patient management. He is a clinical psychologist at a veterans 
administration hospital. 

Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His teaching interests are in experimental psychology, neuropsychology and abnormal 

psychology. He is a staff psychologist at a veterans administration hospital. 



114 



DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

A major in religion or philosophy may be combined with a major or minor in another subject. 
Many majors go on to advanced study in graduate or professional schools and seminaries. Our 
graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in education, law, ministry and business. 

Religion Program 
The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the religious 
dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the various 
historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as well as to the 
diverse religious traditions of humankind. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion. 

Major: REL 110, 115, 1 16, 201, 31 1, 312, and four additional courses in religion, of which 
at least one must be in 200-level courses and one in 300-level courses (30 credits). 

Minor: REL 110, 115, 116, one from 201, 252, 311,312; and two additional courses in 
religion (18 credits). 

Courses in Religion (REL): 

110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a central 
human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, religion in 
its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. 

115. World Religions I. An introduction to the major religions of African and middle-eastern 
origin, with emphasis on Judaism, Christianity and Islam. 3 credits. 

116. World Religions II. An introduction to the major religions of far-eastern origin with 
emphasis on the religious traditions of India, China and Japan. 3 credits. 

120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expression in 
America, with particular attention to Protestantism, Roman Catholicism, and Judaism. 3 
credits. 

160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both personal 
and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits. 

201. Biblical Literature. A study of the Bible, including its literary forms and its historical 
and social context. 3 credits. 

202. The Prophets. Studies the lives and writings of the Old Testament prophets and an 
analysis of their contributions to Judeo-Christian religious thought. 3 credits. 



115 



211. Life and Teachings of Jesus. An intensive study of the life and message of Jesus as set 
forth in the Gospels. 3 credits. 

212. Life and Epistles of Paul. A study of the life, writings, and theological thought of Paul 
and their relationship with the early Church. 3 credits. 

230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American denomi- 
nations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis will be 
placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as American Studies 
230.} 

251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings and 
practices. 3 credits. 

252. Christianity. A study of the development of the major forms of Christianity including 
doctrine, ethics, worship, church structure and relationship to culture. 3 credits. 

253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, practice 
and influence as one of the great missionary religions. 3 credits. 

311. History of Christianity I. The story of Christianity from the apostolic age to the 
Renaissance. 3 credits. 

312. History of Christianity II. The story of Christianity from the Protestant reformation to 
the ecumenical era. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. 3 credits. 
{Cross-listed as Sociology 322.} 

332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fiction, 
poetry and non-fiction. 3 credits. 

342. Contemporary Religious Issues. An advanced study of selected authors or problems 
arising in contemporary religion. 3 credits. 

352. Theology Seminar. An intensive study of individual great theologians or theological 
traditions. 3 credits. 

Philosophy Program 
The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening critical and 
analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial questions of 
values, knowledge, reality and their relation to human nature. 



116 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy. 

Major: PHL 120, 160, 300; at least one course from PHL 301-336; 12 additional credits in 
philosophy (24 credits). 

Minor: PHL 160, 300; at least one course from PHL 301-336; 9 additional credits in 
philosophy (18 credits). 

Courses in Philosophy (PHL): 

110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the ways 

major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits. 

120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention is 
given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference, and the logic of factual inquiry. 
Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements of symbolic 
logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits. 

160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, with 
an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits. 

275. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues, 
including the ethical and valuational, to be found in the social institutions of politics, law, 
government, and religion. 3 credits. 

220. Political Philosophy. A survey of the different Western philosophies and theories of 
government, ancient and modern, but especially since the sixteenth century. 3 credits. 
{Cross-listed as Political Science 220.} 

230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary 
religious and theological thought. The course includes critical examinations of such prob- 
lems as faith and reason; the meaning of revelation, symbolism, and language; the arguments 
for the existence of God; faith and history; religion and culture. 3 credits. 

240. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States from 
colonial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James, and Dewey. 3 credits. 

300. History of Philosophy. The development of philosophical thought from the pre- 
Socratics through the nineteenth century, with emphasis on philosophy as a discipline of 
systematic inquiry. 3 credits. 

301-335. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal 
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. 3 credits. 

336. Twentieth Century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British, and 

117 



Continental philosophers from 1900 to present. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. 3 
credits. 

349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral 
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and perpetrat- 
ing the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. 3 credits. 

360. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modern 
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibility, 
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest, and cost/ 
benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable portion 
of the course is devoted to case analysis. Prerequisite: MGT 330 or PHL 1 10 or by permission 
(management majors must have junior standing). 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of religion and history. Director of American Studies 
Program. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

His scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in the 
Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include religion and literature, 
peace studies, and mysticism. His teaching centers on the history of Christianity and religion 
in America, and he also participates in the College Honors program. 

John H. Heffner, professor of philosophy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Boston University. 

His teaching interests include logic, philosophy of religion, metaphysics, and history of 

philosophy. He has published articles in major journals and contributed chapters to books in 

his research specialization, the philosophy of perception. His recent interest in the philosophy 

of religion has focused on biblical literature and nineteenth century philosophical theology. 

J. Noel Hubler, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in major world religions and is a specialist in ancient and medieval 

philosophy and Christianity. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, associate professor of philosophy. 

M.A., University of Texas, Austin. 

His teaching specialties are philosophical ethics, bioethics, and business and organizational 

ethics. He has a particular interest in the ethical implications of the Holocaust, and has 

recently contributed a chapter for an anthology devoted to philosophy and the Holocaust. 

Mark E. Achtermann, adjunct assistant professor of philosophy. 
M.A., Chicago Theological Seminary. 

He teaches problems of philosophy and is interested in comparative, cross-cultural and cross- 
disciplinary studies. 

118 



Robert W. Dell, adjunct assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., Drew University. 

His interests are in philosophical theology and computer applications in religion and 

philosophy. 

Donald C. Hoepfer, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

He specializes in the history of philosophy and is a doctoral candidate at Temple University. 

Cynthia L. Kirchoff, adjunct assistant professor of philosophy. 

Ph.D., University of Rochester. 

A specialist in analytic philosophy, she has experience in business and teaches courses in 

business ethics. 

David W. Layman, adjunct instructor in religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

He teaches courses in world religions and problems of philosophy. 

James W. McArdle, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 

M.A. West Chester University. 

He teaches logic and introductory courses in philosophy. 

John E. Pogue, adjunct assistant professor of philosophy. 

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, Amherst. 

He specializes in contemporary analytic philosophy and teaches courses in business ethics. 

Gerald G. Taylor, adjunct assistant professor of philosophy. 

Ph.D., University of Edinburgh. 

He specializes in contemporary epistemology and philosophy of perception. 



Small, discussion-based classes 
offer a more challenging alternative 
to the general, lecture-type courses. 




119 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK 

Sociology Program 
The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By examining 
the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understanding of 
themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and why people behave 
as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that is moving 
from a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are prepared to 
work in fields where an understanding of the dynamics of human relationships is important. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology. 

Major: SOC 1 10, 31 1, 421, 499; 21 additional credits in sociology excluding internships (33 
credits). 

Minor: SOC 1 10, 3 1 1 , 42 1 ; 3 elective courses in sociology excluding internships ( 1 8 credits). 

Courses in Sociology (SOC): 

110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic sociological perspective including the 
nature of society, the influence of culture, the development of the self, and group dynamics. 
Specific topics include deviance and social control, the family and other institutions, racism, 
sexism and poverty. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthropology 
including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis, and comparison. 
3 credits. 

210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analytical 
perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental exploi- 
tation, crime and delinquency, and emotional and physical illness. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 
120 or HON 202. 3 credits. 

211. Urbanology. An analysis of the city as a unique form of social organization. From a 
multi-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the impact 
of urbanism on contemporary society. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120 or HON 202. 3 credits. 

230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of marriage and the family 
focusing upon love, mate selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, conflict 
resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. Utilizes an historical and cross-cultural 
perspective in addition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120 or HON 202. 
3 credits. 



120 



261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary issues 
related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, stereotypes 
of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 120, or 
HON 202. 3 credits. 

278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin- 
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural 
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental 
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually 
transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically 
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics of 
research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire construction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 322.} 

324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health 
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the 
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will 
include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical 
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of health 
care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies, and social 
response to the terminally ill patient. 3 credits. 

326. Women's Issues, Women's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the 
world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and social 
situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and health; 
issues of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, education, 
and in the worlds of work and politics. 3 credits. 

331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. Special attention is given to violent 
crime, homicide, and rape. In addition, crimes such as arson, robbery, burglary and white 
collar crime are covered. The question of whether or not such victimless crimes such as 
pornography, prostitution and drug use should be considered crimes is explored. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 



121 



333. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of punish- 
ment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, prisons, and the 
death penalty are studied. 3 credits. 

340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small group 
organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective communication in 
groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to practical situations. 
Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. Prerequisite: SOC 
1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

351. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues 
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying, the 
grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

362. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of structured 
inequality in American society, including the class system and racial and ethnic groups. 3 
credits. 

371. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with 
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories of 
causation, dynamics, treatment and research. 3 credits. 

372. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse 
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of the 
causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the family and 
society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of intervention and 
treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

382. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and the 
effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, television 
violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values and images 
portrayed by the mass media. Prerequisite: 6 credits in sociology or permission. 3 credits. 

421. Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and 
movements. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociology. 3 credits. 

499. Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary sociology. 
Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive student 
participation. Prerequisite: 12 credits of sociology or permission. 3 credits. 

Social Work Program 
The social work minor helps to prepare students for beginning professional practice in a 
variety of social work settings. The minor emphasizes the generalist approach by offering a 
solid foundation of core courses based on social work theory and practice. The program also 

122 



provides students the opportunity to focus upon areas of personal and professional interest 
by choosing a concentration in such areas as criminal justice, family intervention, and the 
aged and aging/death and dying. 

Degree Requirements: 

No major is offered in social work. 

Minor: SOC 1 10; SWK 242, 262, 272, 33 1 ; 6 credits of SWK 400; one sociology elective 

(24 credits). 

Courses in Social Work (SWK): 

242. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and skills 
of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve personal and 
social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as linkage of theory and 
skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in interpersonal relationships or 
counseling. 3 credits. 

262. Social Welfare. An introduction to social welfare policies and institutions including the 
evolution of the welfare system in our society and its approach to social problems. Focuses 
upon controversies relevant to public welfare. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 
272. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation of 
biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human development 
and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the total person 
as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the developmental 
process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual orientation and 
culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

331. Social Work Theory. A consideration of professional social work' s knowledge, values, 
and skills base, with emphasis on generalist social work theory as it is utilized in case 
management. Prerequisite: SWK 242. 3 credits. 

Criminal Justice Program 
The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the Political Science and Economics 
Departments function as advisers for the criminal justice program. See page 108 for 
information on this program. 

Faculty 
Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology. 
M.A., University of Akron. 

Among her teaching interests are sociology of the family, intercultural communication, small 
groups, and medical sociology. Her research interests are achievement orientation of female 
students and the use of telecommunications in higher education. 



123 



Marianne Goodfellow, lecturer in sociology. 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of New Hampshire. 

Her areas of interest include family and marriage, criminology, criminal justice, mass media, 

and leadership. She is interested in the use of cooperative learning techniques. 

Sharon Hall Raffield, associate professor of sociology and social work. 

M.S. W., Washington University. 

Her areas of interest include social work practice with families, children, and elders as well 

as policies which impact upon them. She is currently the director of the Honors Program in 

addition to her position in the department. 

Robert D. Gingrich, adjunct lecturer in social work. 

M.S., Moravian College. 

His teaching specialties include child abuse, juvenile delinquency and sexual abuse. 




Internships at area hospitals are an important aspect of the social work program. 



124 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

MBA PROGRAM 

The Lebanon Valley College MBA Program is an interdisciplinary program designed to 
prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of business organizations. 
The program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as operational expertise in the 
areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource management and production and 
service management. 

The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines liberal arts/ 
general education coursework with career preparation in the field of business administration. 
The interdisciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA level courses along 
with exposure to courses in Executive Communications, Executive Leadership and Corpo- 
rate and Organizational Ethics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Every MBA candidate must complete 27 credits of core courses and 9 credits of electives. 
(MBA special topic courses can be used to meet MBA elective requirements.) All courses in 
the undergraduate common body of knowledge also must be completed successfully. 
Courses in the Lebanon Valley College MBA Program are taught on the Annville and 
Lancaster campuses. 

Degree: Master of Business Administration 

Undergraduate Core (Common body of knowledge): ACT 775; ECN 101, 102; MAS 1 1 1 or 
150 or 160 or 161, and 170 or 270; MGT 233, 322, 330, 340, 361, 460. 

Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 800, 805, 815, 820, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 (27 
credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865, 885; MGT 850, 855, 860, 870, 880; 
special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits. 

MBA Courses: 

ACT 775. Accounting and Financial Applications. A practical look at the financial and 
managerial areas of accounting. Emphasis will be placed on the four basic financial 
statements, analytical analysis, cost control and budgeting. In addition, case studies and use 
of current publications, such as The Wall Street Journal, will be stressed. This course is open 
to MBA students seeking to fulfill the undergraduate accounting prerequisite. It does not 
count for graduate credit in the MBA program. 

ACT 875. Managerial Accounting. This course provides students previously exposed to 
basic financial and managerial accounting principles with an opportunity to study the 
structure and use accounting systems designed to aid management in controlling costs and 
profits. The course stresses financial statement analysis, sources and uses of funds analysis, 
tax implications on managerial decisions, responsibility accounting and the impact of 

125 



inflation. 3 credits. 

ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and 
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding, and actual 
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits. 

ECN 885. Managerial Economics. This course focuses on economic planning and decision- 
making in the firm. The study of actual problems is provided by means of case analysis and 
independent study. 3 credits. 

ENG825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasizing 
writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores and 
increases communication options on individual, group and organizational levels. 3 credits. 
(Must be one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.) 

LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the 
forces in the leader-follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, and 
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, information, 
and experience to case studies. 3 credits. 

MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis. A survey of mathematical foundations of management 
science. Topics include linear programming, transportation and assignment problems, 
decision and network analysis, stochastic processes, queuing, and simulation. Includes an 
introduction to appropriate computer software. 3 credits. 

MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long term 
financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and marketplace. 
Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the use of The 
Wall Street Journal. Required presentation of a current topic. 3 credits. 

MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay between 
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing research and the 
social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 820. Production and Service Management. Systems approaches to management of 
production and service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, 
operations strategy, product and process planning, quality management, human resources, 
scheduling and control, and materials management. Emphasis is on the priority/capacity 
organizational concepts, the strategy underlying operations and related MS/OR tools and 
techniques. Prerequisite: MGT 800. 3 credits. 

MGT 850. Human Resource Management. A survey of personnel management activities 
in organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human resource 
management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, training, 
equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career planning, compen- 

126 



sation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings and classroom 
lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important to 
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations and 
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation, 
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions. Case 
study, readings and classroom lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 
3 credits. 

MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and tech- 
niques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operational 
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed through 
use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and cultural 
integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; entry into 
foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits. 

MGT 870. Labor Management Relations. Labor Management Relations is directed prima- 
rily to the understanding of the issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The 
course provides both an overview of what has been identified as industrial relations as well 
as familiarity with the tools used by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, 
administration, wage/fringe issues and contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 
3 credits. 

MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student with 
the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the investor with 
respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus income 
potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical models of 
portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be developed. Special 
attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, including the capital- 
asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits. 

MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities, 
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies. 
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside research 
is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits. 

PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implications 
of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the literature of 
both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Topics include: corporate and 
organizational social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and organiza- 
tional life, and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or PSY 810. 
3 credits. 



127 



PSY810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in areas 
of organizational behavior; including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, decision- 
making, organization change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits. 

Special Topics. Special topics courses are presented for the examination of current issues or 
topics of special interest that are relevant to the MBA curriculum. These courses are formal 
courses that are not listed permanently in the catalog. MBA special topic courses can be used 
to meet MBA elective requirements.. 

MBA Administration and Resident Faculty 
Cheryl L. Batdorf, academic adviser, MBA program. 
M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English. 

M.B.A., Drexel University. 

Ms. Bongiovanni teaches Executive Communications. 

Donald C. Boone, assistant professor of hotel management. 
M.B.A., Michigan State University. 
Mr. Boone teaches accounting. 

Sharon F. Clark, professor of management. 

J.D., University of Richmond. 

Dr. Clark has several years experience in private law practice and several years as a 

supervisory tax attorney with the Internal Revenue Service. 

Jeanne C. Hey, assistant professor of economics. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Dr. Hey teaches managerial economics. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of management. 

M.B.A., Ohio State University. 

Mr. Leonard's teaching specialties include finance, production and service management, 

organizational behavior and development, and labor and industrial relations. 

Daniel B. McKinley, director of freshmen programs. 

M.A., University of Maryland. M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University. 

Mr. McKinley maintains an interest in small group development and offers leadership 

laboratories for communication skills development. 

James W. Mentzer Jr., director of the MBA program and associate professor of 

management. 

M.B.A., Chaminade University. 

Mr. Mentzer teaches executive leadership. 



128 



Barney T. Raffield III, associate professor of management. 

Ph. D., Union Graduate School. 

Dr. Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management. 

Gail Sanderson, assistant professor of accounting. 

M.B.A., Boston University, CPA. 

Ms. Sanderson has professional experience in accounting (public and private sectors); 

income tax; computer systems analysis and design. 

Warren K. A. Thompson, associate professor of philosophy. 
M.A., University of Texas. 

Mr. Thompson's teaching specialties are philosophical ethics and business and organiza- 
tional ethics. 

Barbara S. Wirth, assistant professor of accounting. 

M.B.A., Lehigh University, CPA. 

Ms. Wirth teaches accounting and financial applications. 

Graduate Program Policies and Procedures 
MBA Admissions 
All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university. 

All candidates must submii a current resume and a completed application form with the 
required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official test 
results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any 
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or 
universities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is strongly recommended. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken quickly after all paperwork 
has been processed. 

Academic Advising and Registration 

MBA students should meet with the MBA academic adviser prior to class registration. The 
adviser will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations require the 
MBA adviser's signature. 

Veteran Registration 

The college meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of Title 38, 
United States Code, Section 1775. The MBA program has been approved for payment 
assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly to the college. 
They are reimbursed by the Veterans Administration on a monthly basis. Applicants having 
any questions concerning their veteran's benefits should contact the college's veterans 
representative in the Registrar's Office. 



129 



Graduation Requirements 

A candidate for the MBA must complete a maximum of 36 credits, of which 27 must be 
earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 credits) and three 
electives of the student's choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A candidate must achieve 
at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's within the 36 graduate credits 
to be certified for graduation. 

Transfer Credit 

A maximum of nine credits (a maximum of six core credits) may be transferred from another 
graduate program with the approval of the MBA program director and the registrar. No 
transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was less than B. 
Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, textbook used, 
and any reading materials so proper credit may be given. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for the MBA degree may not take courses concurrently at another 

educational institution without prior consent of the MBA academic adviser and the registrar. 

Grading 

Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, and F. Candidates must maintain a grade 

point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program. 

In addition, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but otherwise 
satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be completed in the first 
eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or I will be changed to F. 

W indicates withdrawal from a course through the first 1 weeks. Thereafter, the appropriate 
letter grade will be assigned for the course. 

No MBA course may be taken pass/fail. 

Review Procedure 

Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic period by 
the MBA academic adviser. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who earns a C 
or F in three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A student on 
academic probation may be required to retake courses or correct other academic deficiencies 
and must achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters of being placed on 
probation. A student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses with any given course 
being repeated only once. Students who fail to correct deficiencies may be dropped from the 
program. A student may appeal any decision of the MBA director to the senior vice-president 
and dean of the faculty. 

Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund 

Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must notify the 

MBA adviser in writing. The effective date of withdrawal is the date on which the student 

130 



notifies the office. Failure to give notice of withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying 
the instructor does not constitute official withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official 
withdrawal date is published in the semester brochure 

Time Restriction 

The maximum time for completion of the MBA program is seven years from the date of the 
admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this period shall 
have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional requirements 
in order to graduate. 

Academic Dishonesty 

Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty 
will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course is 
mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the MBA program director in 
writing. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the MBA program director 
explaining the consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in the 
course and expulsion from the MBA program and college are mandatory. 

Address Changes 

Any change of address must be reported to the MBA Office as soon as possible. A forwarding 

address should also be given to the Postal Service. 

Privacy of Student Records 

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (P.L. 39-380) 
Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written consent and 
request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his or her 
education records with exclusions only as specified by the law. 

Financial Aid 

Students may participate in the Direct Stafford Loan Program which is administered through 
the college. Graduate students should contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to 
discuss financial aid eligibility. 

Employee Tuition Reimbursement 

Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their places of 
employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies of 50-100% 
of tuition. Some employers authorize the college to bill them directly. In this case, students 
must present billing authorization when they register. 

Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission 

To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, an MBA student must complete an official 
withdrawal form obtained from the MBA academic adviser. To apply for readmission, an 
MBA student must have the written approval of the MBA program director. 



131 



DIRECTORY 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Officers 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58 Chairperson 

Edward H. Arnold Vice-Chairperson 

E.D. Williams Jr Vice-Chairperson 

Elaine G. Hackman '52 Vice-Chairperson 

Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary 

Andrea F. Bromberg Assistant Secretary 

Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer 

Harlan R. Wengert Assistant Treasurer 

Allan W. Mund Chairperson Emeritus 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37 Chairperson Emeritus 

Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44 Chairperson Emerita 

Trustees 
Edward H. Arnold, B.A., L.H.D.; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Arnold Industries, 
Inc. (1996). 

Katherine J. Bishop, B.A., M.B.A.; President, Lebanon Chemical Corporation (1997). 

Patricia D. Brown, M.Div., B.A. in Education; Director of Spiritual Nurture, Central 
Pennsylvania Conference, Council on Ministries, the United Methodist Church (1997). 

Donald M. Cooper, Retired Business Executive (1997). 

Wesley T. Dellinger GRI '75, B.S.; Realtor, The Prudential Gacono Real Estate (1997). 

Ross W. Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Business Executive, E.I. DuPont de Nemours 
& Co. (1998). 

Eugene R. Geesey, B.S.; Owner/President, CIB, Inc. (1998). 

Darwin G. Glick '58, B.S.; President, Glick, Stanilla and Siegel, C.P.A. (1996). 

Martin L. Gluntz '53; B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Vice President, Technical Services, Hershey Foods 
Corporation, Hershey International Division. (1996). 

Elaine G. Hackman '52, B.A.; Retired Business Executive (1997). 



132 



A.L. Hanford HI, B.A.; Owner/Operator, Ladd Hanford Motors, Inc.; President, Photo- 
graphic Rotary Screen Co. (1997). 

Bryan V. Hearsey, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of Mathematical Sciences, Lebanon Valley 
College (1996). 

Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc. 
(1996). 

F. Obai Kabia '73, M.P.A., B.S.; Logistics Officer in the Department of Peacekeeping 
Operations of the United Nations (1998). 

Erich G. Linker Jr. '70, B.S., M.B.A.; Marketing Vice President, New York Times Company 
(1997). 

Alfred S. Maloney, B.S., M.A., M. Div.; Clergy /Director, Metro Ministries (1998). 

Brian R. Mund, B.S., M.B.A.; Owner/President, Surphratt Investments (1996). 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S.; Owner/President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. (1996). 

Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S., President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (1998). 

Benjamin K. Ruby '96; Student, Lebanon Valley College (1996) 

Gail A. Sanderson, B.A., M.B.A.; Assistant Professor of Accounting, Lebanon Valley College 
(1997). 

ConradM. Siegel,F.S.A., B. Com., M.S.; Consulting Actuary, Conrad M. Siegel, Inc. (1998). 

Morton Spector; Chairman of the Board and Treasurer, D & H Distributing Company 
(1998). 

John A. Synodinos, B.S., M.S.Ed.; President, Lebanon Valley College. 

Susan E. Verhoek, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of Biology, Lebanon Valley College (1998). 

John Walter '53, B.S., J.D.; President Judge, Lebanon County Court of Common Pleas 
(1998). 

AlbertineP. Washington, B.A., P.D.; Elementary Teacher, Lebanon School District (1998). 

Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Scl; Chairman of the Board, Wengert's Dairy, Inc. 
(1996). 



133 



E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor (1996). 

J. Dennis Williams, B.A., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Senior Pastor, St. John's United Methodist 
Church (1997). 

Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (1996). 

Harry B. Yost '62, Esq., B.S., LL.D., LL.M.; Partner, Appel & Yost (1997). 

Emeriti 
William D. Boswell, Esq., LL.B., Ph.B.; Attorney, Boswell, Snyder, Tintner & Piccola. 

Raymond H. Carr; President and CEO of Cignature Hospitalities Limited. 

Dewitt M. Essick '34, A.B., M.S.; Retired Executive, Armstrong World Industries. 

Eugene C. Fish, Esq., B.S., J.D., D.H.L.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries; 
Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company, Inc. ; Managing Partner, Romeika, Fish 
and Scheckter. 

Arthur L. Goldberg, Esq., B.A., J.D.; Attorney, Goldberg, Katzman and Shipman, P.C. 

Thomas W. Guinivan '39, A. B., B.D., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Paul E. Horn '40, A.B., M.Div.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Gerald D. Kaufman '44,A.fi., B.D., D.D., Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church; Officer 
of the Courts, County of Cumberland. 

Allan W. Mund, LL.D., D.B.A.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Ellicott Machine Corpora- 
tion. 

Harold S. Peiffer '42, A.B., B.D., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church; 
President, Retired United Methodist Ministers of Lancaster County. 

Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc. 

Jessie A. Pratt, B.S.; Retired Administrative Assistant, Sanctions Division, City of Philadel- 
phia. 

Ezra H. Ranck, A.B., B.D., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Melvin S. Rife; Retired Executive, St. Regis Paper Company. 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37, B.S., LL.D.; Retired Principal, Arthur Young and Company. 

134 



Daniel L. Shearer '38, A.B., S.T.M., B.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

E. Peter Strickler '47, B.S.; President, Strickler Insurance Agency. 

Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.ScL; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism 
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute. 

Charles W. Wolfe, B.A., M.Div.; Vice President Emeritus, Bucknell University. 

Honorary 
Felton E. May, B.A., D.D., M.Div.; Resident Bishop of the Harrisburg Area, United 
Methodist Church. 

Susan M. Morrison, B.A., M.Div., D.Min.; Resident Bishop of the Philadelphia Area, Eastern 
Pennsylvania and Peninsula- Delaware Conferences, United Methodist Church. 

Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Denver and 
Ephrata Telephone and Telegraph Company. 




Faculty take the time to offer individualized attention to students. 

135 



ADMINISTRATION 

President 
John A. Synodinos, 1988-; B.S., Loyola College, 1959; M.S.Ed., Temple University, 1977. 

Andrea Folk Bromberg, 1992-; Executive Assistant to the President, 1993-; B.A., American 
University, 1973; M.B.A., University of Montana, 1978. 

General College Officers 
Richard F. Charles, 1988-; Vice President for Advancement, 1988-. A.B., Franklin & 
Marshall College, 1953. 

Deborah R. Fullam, 1982-; Vice President and Controller, 1995-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1981; M.B.A., Philadelphia College of Textiles & Science, 1988. 

Robert E. Hamilton, 1986-; Vice President for Administration, 1990-. A.B., Messiah 
College, 1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1972. 

William J. McGill Jr., 1986-; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty, 1995-. A.B., 
Trinity College, 1957; M.A., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Robert A. Riley, 1976-1978, 1988-; Vice President of Computing andTelecommunications, 
1995-. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976. 

Gregory G. Stanson, 1966-; Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services, 1991-. 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.Ed., University of Toledo, 1966. 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 

Academic 
William J. McGill, Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty. 

Cheryl L. Batdorf, 1993-; Academic Adviser to the MBA Program, 1993-. B.S., Shippensburg 
University, 1983; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Karen Diener Best, 1990-; Registrar, 1990-. B.A., Dickinson College, 1989. 

David R. Brigham, 7994-; Director of The Gallery, 1994-. B.A., B.S., University of 
Connecticut, 1986; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1987; Ph.D., 1992. 

Barbara Jones Denison, 1987-; Director of the Lancaster Center, 1995-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1979; M.A., University of York, 1981; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 
1985. 

136 



Alice S. Diehl, 1966-; Technical Processes Librarian, 1966-. A.B., Smith College, 1956; 
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1966. 

Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985-. B.A., University of Maine 
at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University 
of Oklahoma, 1981. 

Elaine D. Feather, 1989-; Director of Continuing Education, 1989-. B.S., State University 
of New York College at Cortland, 1965; M.S., State University of New York College at 
Brockport, 1973. 

Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994-, B.A., University of 
Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern Con- 
necticut State University, 1984. 

Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Services, 1992. B.S., Kutztown University, 
1990. 

John D. Hoke, 1994-: Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1994-. B.A. Mount St. Mary's College, 
1971; M.A., 1975. 

Maria Wagner Jones, 1994-; Coordinator, Lebanon Valley College Science Education 
Partnership, 1994-. A.A., Harrisburg Area Community College, 1991; B.A., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1993. 

Trisha A. MaGilton, 1 995-; Assistant to the Gallery Director, 1995- . B.A., Temple Univer- 
sity, 1994. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 1971 '-; Director of Academic Support Programs, 1990-. A.B., 
Duquesne University, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972. 

Daniel B. McKinley, 1988-; Director of Freshmen Programs; Coordinator of Lebanon 
Valley Educational Partnership, 1995-. B.S., United States Coast Guard Academy, 1968; 
M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University, 1973; M.A., University of Maryland, 1982. 

James W. Mentzer Jr., 1994-; Director of the MBA Program, 1994-. B.B.A., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1983; M.B.A., Chaminade University, 1988. 

Donna L. Miller, 1986-; Readers' Service Librarian, 1986-. B.S., Millersville University, 
1984; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986. 

P. Robert Paustian, 1991-; Librarian, 1991-. B.A., University of Missouri, 1971; M.A., 
University of Kansas, 1975; M.A., University of Missouri, 1979. 



137 



Susan Szydlowski, 1995- ; Director of Special Music Programs, 1995-. B.A. Colby College, 
1969. 

D. Darrell Woomer, 1992-; Chaplain, 1992-. B.A., Juniata College, 1964; M.Div., 
Pittsburgh Theological Seminary, 1969; Th.M., 1972; M.A., Duquesne University, 1986. 

Enrollment and Student Services 
Gregory G. Stanson, Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services. 

Judy Agaoglu, 1993-; Counseling Psychologist, 1993-. B.A., University of Kentucky, 1962; 
M.S., Hahnemann University, 1984. 

Louise Answine, 1993-; Counseling Psychologist, 1993-. B.A., Muhlenburg College, 1984; 
M.S., Millersville University, 1989; C.A.C, P.C.A.C.B., 1993. 

Christopher J. Beal, 1994-; Hall Director, 1994- B.S., Towson State University, 1992. 

Susan Borelli-Wentzel, 1990-; Assistant Director of Admission, 1992-. B.A., Albright 
College, 1989. 

Mark A. Brezitski, 1986-; Assistant Director of Admission, 1995-. B.A., Shippensburg 
University, 1985. 

William J. Brown, Jr., 1980-; Dean of Admission and Financial Aid, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1979; M.B.A., Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science, 1988. 

Arlene Doyle, 1992- ; Staff Nurse, 1992- . R.N., Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1961. 

David C. Evans, 1981-; Director of Career Planning and Placement, 1989-. B. A., Slippery 
Rock University, 1969; M.Ed., Rutgers University, 1970. 

Jennifer Dawson Evans, 1991- ; Director of Student Activities and the College Center, 1995-. 
B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991. 

Vicki Gingrich, 1994-; Adviser to International Students, 1994-. B.S., Mansfield University, 
1975. 

Lorie Gonzales, 1993; Staff Nurse, 1993-. R.N., Diploma, Harrisburg Area Community 
College, 1989. 

Ronald K. Good, 1983-; Associate Director of Admission, 1991-. B.S. in Ed., Millersville 
University, 1959; M.Ed., 1966. 

JohnT.Hower,7955-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; M.A., 
Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 

138 



Linda Hower, 1993-; Counseling Psychologist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971; 
M.S.W., Temple University, 1992. 

Karl Liedtka, 1995-; Hall Director, 1995-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1991; M.S., 
Shippensburg University, 1992. 

Terri Gable Lloyd, 1993-; Director of E.H.Arnold Sports Center, 1993-. B.S., Slippery Rock 
University, 1980. 

Dawn E. Murray, 1995-; Admission Counselor, 1995-. B.A., Millersville University, 1995. 

David W. Newell, 1992-; Assistant Dean of Student Services, 1992-, B.A. Heidelberg 
College, 1987; M.S., Bowling Green State University, 1989. 

Robert K. Nielsen, 1993-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975. 

Jennifer Peters, 1994-; Financial Aid Counselor, 1994-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Heather L. Richardson, 1991-; Assistant Director of Admission and Financial Aid Counse- 
lor, 1995-. B.S., University of Delaware, 1989. 

KarinL. Right, 1 994-; Associate Director of Financial Aid, 1994-. B.A., Allegheny College, 
1994. 

Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Admission Counselor, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Ann Marie Schlottman, 1994-; Hall Director, 1994-. B.A., Moravian College, 1994. 

Carol D. Sears, 1993-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1981. 

Lynell R. Shore, 1990-; Financial Program Analyst, 1994-. B.S., Albright College, 1990. 

Linda M. Smith, 1993-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Boston University, 1990. 

Kimberly D. Taylor, 1994-; Hall Director, 1994-. B.A., Shippensburg University, 1992; 
M.A., Bucknell University, 1994. 

Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 1979-. 
R.N., Diploma, St. Joseph' s Hospital, 1963. 

Steven D. Young, 1994-; Hall Director, 1994-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1991. 

Rosemary Yuhas, 1973-; Dean of Student Services, 1991-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970. 



139 



Advancement 
Richard F. Charles, Vice President for Advancement. 

Shanna G. Adler, 1992-; Associate Director of Annual Giving, 1994-. B.S., Bucknell 
University, 1992. 

Ellen H. Arnold, 1988-; Director of Development, 199 1-. B.A., Bucknell University, 1964. 

C. Paul Brubaker Jr., 1989-; Director of Planned Giving. B.S., Franklin and Marshall 
College, 1952; M.B.A., Wharton Graduate School, University of Pennsylvania, 1955. 

John B. Deamer Jr., 1986-; Director of Sports Information and Athletics Development, 
1992-. B.A., LaSalle University, 1985. 

Carolyn A. Lauver, 1992-; Director of Annual Giving, 1992-. B.Mus., College Misericordia, 
1963. 

Kenneth L. Lewis Jr., 1994-; Assistant Director, Alumni and Campaign Programs, 1994-. 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993. 

Jane Marie Paluda, 1990- ; Assistant Director of College Relations and Director of 
Publications, 1995-. B.A., Moravian College, 1980. 

Judy Pehrson, 1989-; Executive Director of College Relations, 1994-. B.A., University of 
Michigan, 1968; M.A., 1972; Certificate for Teaching English as a Second Language, 
Trinity College, London, 1993. 

Mary Beth Strehl, 1990- ; Director of Media Relations, 1993-. B.A., Messiah College, 1990. 

Diane E. Wenger, 1989-; Director of Alumni Programs, 1992-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1994. 



Financial Affairs 
Deborah R. Fullam, Vice President and Controller. 

Ben D. Oreskovich, 1994-; Assistant Controller, 1994-. A.S., Danville Area Community 
College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-; Director of Institutional Research, 1995-. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Dana K. Lesher, 1990- ; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995-. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1977. 



140 



Computing and Telecommunications 
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Computing and Telecommunications. 

Keeta K. Cole, 7992-; Assistant to the Director of Administrative Computing, 1992-. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1970; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1974. 

Robert J. Dillane, 1985-; Director of Administrative Computing, 1986-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1977. 

T. Russell Embich Jr., 7992-; Systems Manager, 1992-. A.S., Valley Forge Military Junior 
College, 1989; B.S., Messiah College, 1992. 

Matthew P. Sinapoli, 1995-; Networks Manager, 1995-. A.S., Pennsylvania College of 
Technology, 1991; B.S., Bloomsburg University, 1994. 

Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 1971-; Director of Special Services, 1982-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967. 

Michael C. Zeigler, 1990-; Director of User Services, 1990-. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1979; M.S., 1995. 

Administrative Affairs 
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration. 

Harold G. Schwalm, 1994-; Director of Maintenance, 1994-. 

Robert E. Harnish, 1967-; Manager of the College Store, 1967-. B.A., Randolph Macon 
College, 1966. 

Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-. 

George F. Lovell Jr., 1988-; Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, 1988-. 

James P. Monos, 1986-; Assistant Director of Athletics for Recruitment and Retention, 
1992-. B.S., Shippensburg University, 1972; M.Ed., Western Maryland College, 1978. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, 7977-; Director of Athletics, 1981-. B.A., Lebanon Valley, 1954; M.S., 
Bucknell University, 1961. 

Kathleen Tierney, 1983-; Assistant Director of Athletics, Coordinator of Summer Sports 
Camps, 1988-. B.S., State University of New York at Brockport, 1979. 

Kevin R. Yeiser, 1982- ; Director of Grounds, 1982- . 

Allen R. Yingst, 79S9-; Director of Security and Safety, 1990-. 

141 



Athletics 
John Gergle, 1994-; Baseball Coach, 1994-. 

Peg A. Kauffman, 1993-; Women' s Basketball Coach, 1993-. B.A., Millersville University, 
1987; M.Ed, 1991. 

Lawrence M. Larthey, 1988-; Wrestling Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1972. 

Brad F. McAlester, 1994-; Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-. B.A., Southampton College of 
Long Island University, 1975. 

James P. Monos Jr., 1986-; Football Coach, 1986-; Assistant Director of Athletics for 
Recruitment and Retention, 1992- . 

Cliff Myers, 1994-; Head Tennis Coach, 1994-. 

Wayne Perry, 1987-; Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1978. 

Mark Pulisic, 1992-; Head Soccer Coach, 1993-. 

O. Kent Reed, 1971 '-; Men's Track and Field Coach, Men's and Women's Cross-Country 
Coach, 1971-. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, Director of Athletics, 1971 -; Golf Coach, 1989-. 

James E. Stark, 1986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 1983; M.Ed., 
Shippensburg University, 1986. 

Kathleen M. Tierney, 1983-; Assistant Director of Athletics, Coordinator of Summer Sports 
Camps, 1988-; Field Hockey Coach, 1983-. 



142 



FACULTY 

Active 
Howard L. Applegate, 1983-; Associate Professor of History and American Studies. 
Chairperson of the Department of History and American Studies. B.A., Drew University, 
1957; M.A., Syracuse University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966. 

Sharon O. Arnold, 1986-; Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964; 
M.A., 1967; M.S.W., Temple University, 1994. 

Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg Univer- 
sity, 1972; M.Ed., (Elementary Education) 1973; M.Ed., (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed., 
Temple University, 1987. (On leave, Spring 1996) 

Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of English. 
B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; M.A., Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974. (on 
leave, Spring 1996) 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Temple University, 
1977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982. 

Robert J. Bookmiller, 1995-: Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A. Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania, 1985; M.A., University of Virginia, 1989; Ph.D., 1992. 

Donald C. Boone, 1988-; Associate Professor of Hotel Management. B.A., Michigan State 
University, 1964; M.B.A., 1966. (On leave, Spring 1996) 

David R. Brigham, 1994-; Assistant Professor of Art and American Studies. B.A., B.S., 
University of Connecticut, 1986; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1987; Ph.D., 1992. 

James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A., 
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. 

Andrew J. Brovey, 1994-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Bloomsburg University, 
1979; B.S., 1980; M.S., Lehigh University, 1985; Ed.D., 1994. 

D. Eugene Brown, 1983-; Professor of Political Science. B.S., Western Illinois University, 
1969; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1973; Ph.D., 1982. (On leave, 
1995-1996) 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., 1971 -; Professor of Religion and History. Director of the American 
Studies Program. B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1963; M.A., Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D., 
Duke University, 1972. 



143 



Michael A. Camann, 1 995-; Assistant Professor of Biology. A.S., Northern Virginia Commu- 
nity College, 1987; B.S., George Mason University, 1989; Ph.D., University of 
Georgia, 1995. 

Daniel A. Cesta, 1994-; Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.B.A., Sienna College, 1990; 
M.S., State University of New York at Albany, 1993. 

Lee A. Chasen, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bloomsburg 
University, 1989; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1995. 

Sharon F. Clark, 1986-; Professor of Management. B.A., University of Richmond, 1969; 
J.D., 1971. 

Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-; Professor of Chemistry. Chairperson of the Department of 
Chemistry. B.A., Carleton College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1974. 

Salvatore S. Cullari, 1986-; Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department of 
Psychology. B.A., Kean College, 1974; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976; Ph.D., 
1981. 

George D. Curfman, 1961-; Professor of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1971. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-; Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Washington, 1967; 
M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971. 

Michael A. Day, 1987-; Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department of Physics. 
B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; M.A., 1975, Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philoso- 
phy). M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1983, University of Nebraska (Physics). 

Johannes M. Dietrich, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State University, 
1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music, 1992; D.M.A., 1995. 

DeannaL. Dodson, 1994- ; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Tennessee Technologi- 
cal University, 1985; M.S., Memphis State University, 1988; Ph.D., 1992. 

PhylisC.Dryden, 1 987-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1976; 
M.A., State University of New York at Albany, 1985; D.A., 1988. 

Scott H. Eggert, 1983-; Associate Professor of Music. B.F.A., University of Wisconsin 
(Milwaukee), 1971 ; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974;D.M.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Professor of Biology. Director of the Youth Scholars Institute. B.A., 
University of Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; 
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1981. 

144 



Beatrice Feron-Gooding, 1 994-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry . B.S., Ecole Superieure de 
Chimie Org unique et Mine rale, 1982; M.S., Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, 1984; Ph.D., 
Institut de Recherches sur la Catalyse, 1988. 

Arthur L. Ford, 1965- ; Professor of English. Associate Dean for International Programs. 
A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 
1964. 

Michael D. Fry, 1983-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Immaculate 
Heart College, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1980. 

Marianne Goodfellow, 1990-; Lecturer in Sociology. B.A., State University of New York at 
Plattsburgh, 1979; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1982. 

Michael A. Grella, 1980-; Professor of Education. Chairperson of the Department of 
Education. B.A., St. Mary ' s Seminary and University, 1958; M.A., West Virginia University, 
1970; Ed.D., 1974. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bates College, 1977; 
M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 1988. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology and Social Work. Chairperson of the 
Department of Sociology and Social Work. B.A., Central Michigan University, 1969; M.A., 
University of New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, 1971 -; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Western Washington State College, 1964; M.A., 
Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 

RobertH. Hearson, 1 986-; Associate Professor of Music. B. Music, University of Iowa, 1964; 
M.A., 1965; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1983. 

John H. Heffner, 1972- ; Professor of Philosophy. Chairperson of the Department of Religion 
and Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1968; B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 
1971; Ph.D., 1976. 

Paul A. Heise, 1991-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University, 
1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for Social 
Research, 1991. 

Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 1954; 
M.B.A., Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990. 

Barry R. Hill, 1993-; Instructor in Music. Director of the Sound Recording Technology 
Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at Asheville, 1989. 

145 



J. Noel Hubler, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995. 

Barry L. Hurst, 1982-; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D., 
University of Delaware, 1982. (On leave, Fall 1995) 

Diane M. Iglesias, 1976- ; Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the Department of Foreign 
Languages. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., City University of New York, 
1979. 

Richard A. Joyce, 1966-; Associate Professor of History. A.B., Yale University, 1952; M.A., 
San Francisco State College, 1963. 

John P. Kearney, 1971-; Professor of English. B.A., St. Benedict's College, 1962; M.A., 
University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968. 

Robert W. Leonard, 1988-; Associate Professor of Management. Chairperson of the 
Department of Management. B.A., Ohio University, 1977; M.A., St. Francis School of 
Industrial Relations, 1978; M.B.A., Ohio State University, 1986. 

Louis Manza, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., State University of New York 
at Binghamton, 1988; M.A., Brooklyn College, 1991; M. Phil, City University of New York, 
1991; Ph.D., 1992. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 7977-; Professor of English. A.B., Duquesne University, 1964; M.A., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972. 

G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. B.A., Princeton University, 1969; M.A., 
University of Chicago, 1977; M.F.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Joerg W. P. Mayer, 1970-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. Math., University of 
Giessen, 1953; Ph.D., 1954. 

MarkL. Mecham, 1990-; Professor of Music. Chairperson of the Department of Music. B.M., 
University of Utah, 1976; M.M., 1978; DM. A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 
1985. 

William Robert Miller Jr., 1995-; Visiting Professor of Physics. B.A., Gettysburg College, 
1956; M.A., University of Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1965. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., 7975-; Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf's College, 1966; Ph.D., 
Purdue University, 1971. 

Philip G. Morgan, 1969-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State University 
(Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965. 

146 



John D. Norton, 197 1-; Professor of Political Science. Chairperson of the Department of 
Political Science and Economics. B.A., University of Illinois, 1965; M.A., Florida State 
University, 1967; Ph.D., American University, 1973. 

Mary K. Pettice, 1 994-; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University, 
1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; M.A. 1986; Ph.D., University of Houston, 1994. 

Sidney Pollack, 1976-; Professor of Biology. B.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Kevin B. Pry, 1991-; Lecturer in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1976; M.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984. 

Barney T. Raffield EI, 1990-; Associate Professor of Management. B.B.A., Southern 
Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., Union Graduate School, 1982. 

Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990- ; Associate Professor of Sociology and Social Work. Director of 
the Honors Program. A.B., Wheaton College, 1963; M.S.W., Washington University, 
1967. 

O. KentReed, 1 971 -; Associate Professor of Physical Education. Director of the Department 
of Physical Education. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 
1970. 

Suzanne Caldwell Riehl, 1 982-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1979; MM., Westminster Choir College, 1982. 

Gail A. Sanderson, 1983-; Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William 
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977. 

James W. Scott, 1976-; Professor of German. Director of General Education. B.A., Juniata 
College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971. 

Steven M. Specht, 1989-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., State University of New 
York at Oswego, 1982; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1987; Ph.D., 
1988. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-; Associate Professor of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960; M.A., 
New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979. 

ThomasM. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1 987-; Instructor in Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1975. 

Dale E. Summers, 1990-; Assistant Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and 
Secondary School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978. 

147 



Linda L. Summers, 1991-; Instructor in Education. B.S., Ball State University, 1972; M.A., 
1977. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; MM., 
University of Michigan, 1965; DMA., University of Iowa, 1977. (On leave, Fall 1995) 

Warren K. A. Thompson, 1 967-; Associate Professor of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity University, 
1957; M.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963. 

Mark A. Townsend, 1983-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany 
Nazarene College, 1965; M.A., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State Univer- 
sity, 1983. 

Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; M.A., 
Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975. 

Carl T. Wigal, 1993-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. A.S., College of Mount Saint Joseph, 
1984; B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1986; Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio, 1990. 

Stephen E. Williams, 1973-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Central College, 1964; M.S., 
University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971. 

Barbaras. Wirth, 1 987-; Assistant Professor of Accounting, 1988. B.A., Lehigh University, 
1979; M.B.A., 1985. (On leave, 1995-1996) 

Paul L. Wolf, 1966-; Professor of Biology. Chairperson of the Department of Biology. B.S., 
Elizabethtown College, 1960; M.S., University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968. 

Allan F. Wolfe, 1968-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., Drake 
University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Vermont, 1968. 

Sharon L. Worley, 1994-; Lecturer in Accounting. B.A., San Jose State College, 1963. 

Andres Zamora, 1 992-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., Universidad Complutense de 
Madrid, 1984; M.A., Auburn University, 1986; M.A., University of Southern California, Los 
Angeles, 1989; Ph.D., 1994. 

Emeriti 
Madelyn J. Albrecht, 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., Northern 
Baptist College, 1952; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph.D., 1972. 

Richard C. Bell, 1966-1987; Associate Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1941; M.Ed., Temple University, 1955. 



148 



James O. Bemesderfer, 1959-1976; Chaplain Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1936; 
M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Lutheran Theological Seminary, 
Philadelphia, 1945; S.T.D., Temple University. 1951. 

Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.L.S. Simmons 
College, 1946. 

Voorhis C. Cantrell, 1968-1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. B.A., Oklahoma 
City University, 1952; B.D., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D., Boston University, 
1967. 

D. Clark Carmean, 1933-1972; Director Emeritus of Admissions. A.B., Ohio Wesleyan 
University, 1926; M.A., Columbia University, 1932. 

Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. Naval 
Academy, 1942; M.A., Middleburg College, 1932. 

Hilda M. Damus, 1963-1976; Professor Emerita of German. M.A., University of Berlin and 
Jena, 1932; Ph.D., University of Berlin, 1945. 

Robert S.Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology, 1985. A.B., University of 
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951. 

Carl Y. Ehrhart, 1947-1983; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Dean of the College 
Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1940; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1943; 
Ph.D., Yale University, 1954. 

William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus. B., cum laude, 
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949. 

Elizabeth M. Geffen, 1958-1983; Professor Emerita of History. B.S., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., 1958. 

Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1951; M.S.M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953;A.M.D., Eastman 
School of Music, 1967. 

KlementM. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal Conser- 
vatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal College 
of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966; D.M.A., 
University of Oregon, 1977. 

June E. Herr, 1959-1980; Associate Professor Emerita of Elementary Education. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1943; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1954. 



149 



Thomas A. Lanese, 1954-1978; Associate Professor Emeritus of Strings, Conducting, and 
Theory. B. Mus., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1938; Fellowship, Julliard Graduate School; 
M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music, 1952. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 1941; 
M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953. 

George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple University, 
1967. 

Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954-1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1948; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1954. 

H. Anthony Neidig, 1948-1985; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware, 1946; Ph.D., 1948. 

Agnes B. O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Immaculata College, 
1948; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1967; Ph.D., 
1976. 

J. Robert O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1950; M.S., University of Delaware, 1953. 

Gerald J. Petrofes, 1963-1988; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. B.S., 
Kent State University, 1958; M.Ed., 1962. 

Sara E. Piel, 1960-1975; Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. A.B., Chatham College, 
1928; M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1929; Ph.D., 1938. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. 

MalinPh. Saylor, 1961-1980; Professor Emerita of French, 1985. FilKand., Universities of 
Upsala and Stockholm, 1938. 

Ralph S. Shay, 1948-1951; 1953-1984; Professor Emeritus of History and Assistant Dean 
of the College Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1942; A.M., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1947; Ph.D., 1962. 

Robert W. Smith, 1951-1983; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1939; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. 

150 



James M. Thurmond, 1954-1979; Professor Emeritus of Music Education and Brass. 
Diploma, Curtis Institute of Music, 1931; A.B., American University, 1951; M.A., Catholic 
University, 1952; Mus.D., Washington College of Music, 1944. 

C. F. Joseph Tom, 1954-1989; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A., Hastings College, 
1944; M.A., University of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D., 1963. 

Horace W. Tousley, 1981-1995; Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. 
A.B., Ripon College, 1951; M.S.I.E., (OR) University of Alabama, 1970. 

Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College, 
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964. 

L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 1944; 
B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University. 

Glenn H.Woods, 1965-1990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962. 



Adjunct 
Mark E. Achtermann, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Beloit 
College, 1985; M.A., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1990. 

JosephG. Bashore, 1 994-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1983; 
M.F.A., University of Iowa, 1986. 

Robert W.Biddle Jr., 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Hotel Management. B.S., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1977; M.S., 1988. 

Svetlana A. Bird, 1994- ; Adjunct Instructor in Russian. M.A., Moscow State Pedagogical 
University, 1981. 

Melissa Hoffman Bittinger, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1988; M.A., Millersville University, 1994. 

Anthony L. Blair, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in History. M.A., Shippensburg University, 
1993. 

James F. Bohan, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Loyola Univer- 
sity, 1968; M.A., 1971. 

Leslie E. Bowen, 1993- ; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.S.A., Moore College of Art, 1972; 
M.F.A., Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Art, 1993. 



151 



Theresa YohnBowley, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College, 1981; 
M.A., Middlebury College, 1982. 

Teresa M. Bowers, 1978-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Susquehanna 
University, 1973; M.S., Ohio State University, 1974. 

James H. Boyer, 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.E.E., University of Delaware, 1973. 

Holly Trostle Brigham, 1 994-; Adjunct Instructor in Art, B.A., Smith College, 1988; M.F.A., 
The George Washington University, 1993. 

Marthalee T. Brod, 1992-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.A., Houghton College, 1967; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1968; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1985. 

Jason P. Casey, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.F.A., University of Memphis, 
1989; M.S. 1992. 

ErwinP. Chandler, 1 978-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Ithaca College, 1966; 
M.M., Indiana University, 1971. 

Jane Crabtree, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in Management. B.A., Monmouth College, 1964; 
M.A., Northwestern University, 1968; M.B.A., Boston College, 1977. 

Gregory L. Davis, 1991 -; Graduate Adjunct Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.A., 
Gettysburg College, 1981; M.B.A., York College of Pennsylvania, 1988. 

Robert W. Dell, 1 994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., McPherson College, 
1961; M.Div., Bethany Theological Seminary, 1964; Ph.D., Drew University, 1976. 

Timothy M. Dewald, 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Dickinson 
College, 1970; M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School, 1975. 

Joseph DiSanto, 1992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Joseph's University, 1967; 
Department of Defense Information Officers' School, 1969; M.A., Annenberg School of 
Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

James A. Erdman II, 1983-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Timothy M. Erdman, 1988-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.S., Temple University, 1970. 

Dennis N. Eshleman, 1985-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Marketing. M.B.A., Columbia 
University, 1977. 

William R. Fisher, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.S., Millersville University, 
1954; M.Ed., Temple University, 1964. 

152 



Maximilian D. Fleischman, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Harvard College, 
1992; M.M., Eastman School of Music, 1994. 

Judith A. Forster, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Millersville University, 1987; 
M.A., Millersville University, 1988. 

Rita Gargotta, 1 994-; Adjunct Instructor in Spanish. B.S., West Chester State College, 1972; 
M.A., 1976; Diploma, University ofSaville. 

Deborah L. Geiger, 1993- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Military Science. B.A., Alvernia 
College, 1983; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1992; Captain, United States Army. 

Edward R. Gilbert, 1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Dickinson 
College, 1957; M.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1958; Ed.D., Temple University, 
1965. 

Robert D. Gingrich, 1985-; Adjunct Instructor in Social Work. M.S., Moravian College, 
1968. 

Arlen J. Greiner, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in Physics. B.S., Carnegie Mellon University, 
1961; M.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1972. 

Donald C. Hoepfer, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1989; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1990. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, 199 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1987. 

Cynthia L. Kirchoff, 1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Franklin and 
Marshall College, 1972; M.A., University of South Florida, 1976; M.A., University of 
Rochester, 1980; Ph.D., 1986. 

Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-; Adjunct Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Oberlin College, 
1951; M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953. 

Walter Labonte, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., Northeastern University, 1968; 
M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984. 

LeonieLang-Hambourg, 1992- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of German. Diplom, Munchener 
Dolmetscherschule; M.A., University of Oregon, 1976. 

David W. Layman, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in Religion. A.B., University of Chicago, 1977; 
Ph.D., Temple University, 1994. 



153 



Michael Mac Welch, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in Military Science. B.A., Frostburg State 
University, 1986. Captain, United States Army. 

James W. McArdle, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., University of Scranton, 
1992; M.A., West Chester University, 1995. 

James Miller, 1989- ; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Joseph D. Mixon, 7997-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; M.M., 
Combs College of Music, 1990. 

JohnF. Nau Jr., 1993- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., United 
States Military Academy, 1962; M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, 1971. 

Robert A. Nowak, 1988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State 
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975. 

Lawrence Oncley, 1989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., University ofPuget 
Sound, 1963; B.Mus., 1964; M.Mus., Indiana University, 1968; Ph.D., 1975. 

Harry Owens, 1994- ; Adjunct Professor of Military Science. B.S., University of Scranton, 
1975; M.S., 1976; J.D., University of Detroit School of Law,, 1986. Lieutenant Colonel, 
United States Army. 

Judy Pehrson, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language. B.A., 
University of Michigan, 1968; M.A., 1972; Certificate for Teaching English as a Second 
Language, Trinity College, London, 1993. 

Joseph E. Peters, 1974- ; Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1973. 

JohnE.Pogue, 1991-1992, 1995-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Franklin 
and Marshall College, 1982; M.A., Tufts University, 1987; Ph.D., University of Massachu- 
setts, 1993. 

Victoria Rose, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Peabody Conservatory 
of the Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994. 

Ann LaBar Russek, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania, 1988; M.F.A., University of Alaska Anchorage, 1993. 

Kirk W. Seibert, 7997-; Adjunct Instructor in Management. B.A., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1969; M.S., Cornell University, 1973;D.S.W., University of Pennsylvania, 1982. 



154 



Robert Siemers, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.M., Southern Illinois University, 
1979; MM., Eastman School of Music, 1981. 

Donald P. Snyder, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in History and American Studies. M.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

WilliamF. Stinelll, 1 989-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1969; 
M.A., West Chester University, 1975. 

Gerald G. Taylor, 1995-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Michigan State 
University, 1978; M. Phil, University of Reading (England), 1983; Ph.D., University of 
Edinburgh (Scotland), 1994. 

Ford S. Thompson, 1985- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. M.A., George 
Washington University, 1967. 

Anna F. Tilberg, 1982- ; Adjunct Instructor of Biology. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 
1969. 

Barbara Tremitiere, 1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Miami University 
of Ohio, 1961; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh, 1963; Ph.D., Union Institute, 1992. 

Hui-Liang (Jeff) Tsai, 1 988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Management. M.S. (Statistics), 
Florida State University, 1971; M.S. (Economics), 1974; Ph.D., 1976. 

Richard J. Tushup, 1989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., St. Vincent 
Seminary; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977. 

Diane E. Wenger, 1 995-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of History and American Studies. B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1992; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1994. 

R. Gordon Wise, 1973-; Adjunct Professor of Art. Ed.D., University of Missouri, 1970. 

Christina G. Wolfe, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in History. M.A., The University of 
Pittsburgh, 1992. 



155 



Adjuncts in Medical Technology 
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Director, Martin Krummerman, M.D.; Program 
Director, Perla Simmons, M.P.A., M.T.(ASCP),S.H. 

Lancaster General Hospital: Director, Gerald Fahs, M.D.; Program Director, Nadine 
Gladfelter, M.S., M.T.(ASCP) 

Polyclinic Medical Center of Harrisburg: Director, Frank R. Rudy, M.D.; Program Director, 
Susan Guiswite, M.T.(ASCP),SBB. 

Reading Hospital and Medical Center: Director, I. Donald Stuard, M.D.; Program Director, 
Sharon Strauss, CLS(NCA)M.T.(ASCP) 

Sacred Heart Hospital: Director, Francis V. Kostelnik, M.D.; Program Director, Sandra A. 
Neiman, M.T.(ASCP),CLS. 




Students work together on a class assignment. 



156 



COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF 

Deborah L. Atkins Advancement Office 

Susan R. Aungst Library 

Phyllis C. Basehore Management Department 

Nancy M. Bieber Business Office 

Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office 

Dorothy A. Brehm Media Center 

Donna L. Brickley Computing and Telecommunications Office 

Jo Lynn Brummer Advancement Office 

Judy E. Burger Humanities Departments 

Vicki J. Cantrell Financial Aid Office 

Lewis H. Cooke Jr Athletic Equipment Manager 

Monika Edwards Continuing Education Office 

Candice Falger Chemistry and Physics Departments 

Beverly J. Gamble Student Affairs Office 

Susan M. Greenawalt Continuing Education Office 

Ernestine R. Hanney Continuing Education Office 

Nancy J. Hartman Business Office 

Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office 

Alice L. Kohr Student Affairs Office 

Constance W. Kershner Development Office 

Charlene R. Kreider Advancement Office 

G. Roz Kujovsky Chaplain's Office 

Pamela V. Lambert College Relations Office 

Patricia A. Laudermilch Registrar's Office 

Deborah L. Lerchen Administration Office 

Rose E. Livingston Arnold Sports Center 

Sandra K. Lovell Print Shop and Mail Services 

Karen R. McLucas Admission Office 

Gwendolyn W. Pierce Administration and Controller Offices 

Cindy A. Plasterer Admission Office 

Christine M. Reeves Advancement Office 

Sally A. Rivera Biology, Psychology and Sociology Departments 

AnnSafstrom Music Department 

Denise D. Sanders Mathematical Science Department 

Amy B. Shollenberger English and International Programs 

Harry Schools Arnold Sport Center 

Patricia A. Schools Career Planning and Placement Office 

Jacqueline F. Showers Telephone Console Attendant 

Gloria J. Shutter Library 

Barbara A. Smith Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty Office 

Denise N. Smith President of the College Office 

Ingeborg M. Snoke Advancement Office 

EllaK. Stott Library 

Pamela J. Stoudt Library 

Linda L. Summers Registrar's Office 

Bonnie C. Tenney Buildings and Grounds Office 

Nancy J. Waite Education Department 

Beverly Yingst Arnold Sport Center 

Susan B. Zearing Admission Office 



157 



THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY 
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS 

The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the college faculty, is 
selected by the president of the college after appropriate consultation with alumni, students, 
faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award which was presented 
through the 1993 academic year. 

Previous Awardees 

1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English 

1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and 
Leadership Studies 

1987 Donald E. Byrne, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music 

1989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

1991 Scott H. Eggert, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

1992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 

1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Wirth, M.B.A. , 
Assistant Professor of Accounting 

1995 David I. Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 



THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY 
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING 

In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members of the 
college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee was 
Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the college 
named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her twenty-four years of 
inspired teaching in music. 

Previous Awardees 

1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music 

1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French 

1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor of Music 

1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor of Mathematical Sciences 

1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German 



158 



ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle 
States Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, the 
National Association of Schools of Music and the American Chemical Society. 

Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State University of New 
York and of the American Association of University Women. 

Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of Colleges; 
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania Foundation 
for Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College Scholarship 
Service; Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic Association; Middle 
Atlantic States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic Conference; Central 
Pennsylvania Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic Conference. 

NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY 

Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national and ethnic 
origin, sex, age, religion, sexual preference, or handicap. 

STUDENT RETENTION 

Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the Office of 
the Registrar. 



Production of this catalog is under the direction of the Registrar's Office. Informa- 
tion included is correct as of the date of publication. Unexpected changes may occur 
during the course of the academic year; therefore, the listing of a course or program 
in this catalog does not constitute a guarantee or contract that the particular course 
or program will be offered during a given year. 

* All information is correct as of August 1, 1995. 

159 



CAMPUS MAP 




ACADEMIC & ADMINISTRATIVE QUADRANGLE 20. 

1. Humanities Center and Administrative Offices: Academic 21. 
Departments: English Department, Foreign Languages Depart- 22. 
ment. History & American Studies Department, Political Science 23. 
& Economics Department, Religion & Philosophy Department, 24. 
Sociology & Social Work Department. Administrative Offices: 
Business Office, Controller & Treasurer, Continuing Education, 
Copy Center, Mail Room. MBA Office, Media Services, President, 25. 
Registrar, Secretary of the College, Security & Safety, Telephone 
Services, Vice President & Dean of the College, Vice President for 26. 
Administration 27. 

2. Blair Music Center: Music Department, Education Department. 28. 
Art Department, Lutz Recital Hall, Sound Recording Technology 29. 
Studios 30. 

3. Miller Chapel: Chaplains' Office, Chapel, Classrooms 31. 

4. Lynch Memorial Hall: Intercollegiate Athletics, EmmettC. Roop 
Management Department Wing, William H. Lodge Mathematical 
Sciences Center, Computer Services Department, Lynch Gym 32. 

5. Maintenance Shops 33. 

6. Garber Sciences Center: Biology Department, Chemistry De- 34. 
partment, Physics Department, Psychology Department 35. 

7. Vernon and Doris Bishop Library 36. 

8. Carnegie Building: Admission and Financial Aid 37. 

9. Laughlin Hall Advancement Offices: Alumni Programs. Annual 38. 
Giving, College Relations, Development, Planned Giving 

10. Wagner House: Student Services Offices 39. 

11. Friendship House: Residence Hall 40. 

12. Fencil Building: Lebanon Valley Child Care & Learning Center 50. 

13. Derickson Hall A and B: Student Apartments 

RESIDENTIAL QUADRANGLE 51. 

14. Allan W. Mund College Center: Conference Services, Dining 52. 
Halls. Leedy Theater, Student Activities Offices, Career Planning 53. 
& Placement, College Store, WLVC 54. 

15. Mary Capp Green Residence Hall 55. 

16. Vickroy Residence Hall 56. 

17. Keister Residence Hall 57. 

18. Hammond Residence Hall 58. 

19. Funkhouser Residence Hall 



Silver Residence Hall 
North College Residence Hall 
Shroyer Health Center 
Sheridan Avenue Residence Hall 
Centre Residence Hall 

ARNOLD SPORTS & RECREATION COMPLEX 
Edward H. Arnold Sports Center: Indoor Track, Pool, 
Recreational Facilities. Physical Education 
Henry & Gladys Arnold Field 
Soccer Field 
Baseball Field 
Hockey Field 
Tennis Courts 
Softball Field 

OTHER FACILITIES 
Kreiderheim: Guest and Conference Facility 
Benjamin Cantor Entrance 
South Campus Entrance 
Bollinger Plaza 
Heating Plant 

Annville United Methodist Church 

The Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery: Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery, 
Zimmerman Recital Hall 
Maintenance Offices 

Frank Aftosmes House: Middle Atlantic Conference 
Henry and Gladys Arnold Field 

PARKING LOTS (41 - 49) • AREA STREETS 
Heisey Road 
To U.S. 22, 1-81 and 1-78 
Sheridan Avenue 
To Palmyra and Hershey 
North White Oak Street/PA 934 
To Lebanon and Reading 
Main Street/U.S. 422 
College Avenue 



160 



INDEX 



Academic dishonesty policy 

undergraduate 16 

graduate 131 

Academic procedures 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 129 

Accounting program 

courses 67 

department 67 

faculty 75 

Accreditation 159 

Actuarial science program 

courses 77 

department 77 

faculty 82 

Admissions 

undergraduate full-time 4 

undergraduate part-time 5 

continuing education 5 

graduate 125 

Administration 136 

Advanced placement 12 

Allied health science 

cooperative program 24 

American studies program 

courses 61 

department 61 

faculty 65 

Art program 

courses 30 

department 30 

faculty 31 

Associate degrees 7 

Attendance policy 1 1 

Auditing policy 10 

Baccalaureate degrees 7 

Biochemistry program 

courses 35 

requirements 35 

Biology program 

courses 32 

department 32 

faculty 36 

Calendar 164 

Certificate programs 5 

Challenge examinations 13 

Chemistry program 

courses 39 

department 38 

faculty 41 

CLEP 13 

College support staff 157 

Communication program 

courses 49 

department 49 

faculty 52 



Computer science program 

courses 79 

department 77 

faculty 82 

Concurrent courses 11 

Cooperative programs 24 

Courses, undergraduate 

concurrent 11 

external 11 

repetition of 11 

descriptions 30 

Courses, graduate 125 

Credit for life experience 14 

Criminal justice courses 108 

Degrees 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 125 

Dean's list 15 

Departmental honors 16 

Diploma programs 5 

Economics program 

courses 106 

department 104 

faculty 109 

Education program 

courses 43 

department 43 

faculty 40 

Elementary education program 

courses 44 

department 43 

faculty 47 

Engineering cooperative 

program 24 

English program 

courses 49 

department 49 

faculty 52 

Environmental studies 

cooperative program 26 

External summer courses 1 1 

Faculty 143 

Finances, student 4 

Fine arts courses 21 

Foreign languages program 

courses 54 

department 54 

faculty 59 

Foreign study opportunities 29 

Forestry cooperative 

program 25 

French program 

courses 54 

department 54 

faculty 59 

General education program 

courses 19 

requirements 19 



161 



General studies program 

requirements 27 

Geography courses 47 

German program 

courses 56 

department 54 

faculty 59 

Grade point average 14 

Grading system 14 

Graduation honors 16 

Graduation requirements 

undergraduate 8 

graduate 125 

Health care management program 

courses 69 

requirements 69 

Health professions 

cooperative programs 24 

History program 

courses 62 

department 61 

faculty 65 

Honors 

departmental 16 

graduation 16 

Honors program 

courses 23 

Hotel management program 

courses 70 

department 67 

faculty 75 

In-Absentia 12 

Independent study 28 

Individualized major 27 

Interdisciplinary courses 22 

International business program 71 

Internship policy 27 

Knisley teaching awards 158 

Leave of absence 12 

Limit of hours 9 

Lindback teaching awards 158 

Literature courses 549 

Management program 

courses 72 

department 67 

faculty 75 

Map of campus 160 

Mathematical science program 

courses 77 

department 77 

faculty 82 

MBA program 

academic policies 129 

admission 129 

concurrent courses 130 

courses 125 

faculty 128 

financial aid 131 

grading system....! 130 

privacy of student records 131 



refund policy 130 

requirements 125 

review procedure 130 

time restriction policy 131 

transfer policy 130 

withdrawal policy 131 

Medical technology 

cooperative program 25 

Military science program 

courses 85 

department 84 

faculty 85 

requirements 85 

Mission statement 3 

Music program 

courses 87 

department 86 

faculty 94 

Music education courses 92 

Non-traditional credit policy 13 

Nuclear medicine technology 

cooperative program 25 

Off-campus programs 

study abroad 29 

Washington semester 29 

Officers, general college 132 

Pass/fail policy 11 

Payment plans 5 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 16 

Philosophy program 

course 117 

department 115 

faculty 118 

Physical education program 

courses 98 

department 98 

faculty 99 

Physics program 

courses 101 

department 100 

faculty 102 

Placement examinations 

undergraduate 12 

Political sciences program 

courses 104 

department 104 

faculty 109 

Pre-law program 26 

Pre-medical, pre-dentistry, 

pre-veterinary programs 26 

Privacy of student records 7 

Probation, undergraduate 17 

Profile of the college 2 

Psychobiology program 

courses 35 

Psychology program 

courses 1 1 1 

department 110 

faculty 1 14 

Readmission policy 12 



162 



Refund policy 

undergraduate 4 

graduate 130 

Registration, change of policy 10 

Religion program 

courses 115 

department 115 

faculty 118 

Repetition of courses 

undergraduate 11 

ROTC 84 

Russian program 57 

Science 

courses 41 

Second bachelor's degree 12 

Secondary education program 

courses 46 

department 46 

faculty 47 

Servicemember' s opportunity 

college (SOC) 18 

Sociology program 

courses 120 

department 120 

faculty 123 

Social work program 

courses 123 

department 120 

faculty 123 

Sound recording technology program 

courses 93 

department 86 

faculty 94 

Spanish program 

courses 58 

department 54 

faculty 59 

Special topics courses 29 

Study abroad 29 

Suspension policy 

undergraduate 17 

Teacher certification for 

non-matriculated students 18 

Teacher certification for 

matriculated students 46 

Transfer policy 

undergraduate 9 

graduate 130 

Trustees, Board of 132 

Tutorial study courses 28 

Veteran's services 17 

Washington semester 29 

Withdrawal procedure 

undergraduate 12 

graduate 130 



PHONE NUMBERS 

College Offices* 

Academic Offices 6208 

Academic Support Program 6249 

Admissions 6181 

Business Office 6300 

Career Planning & Placement 6235 

College Center 6161 

College Store 6313 

Computer Lab (general) 6067 

Computer Science Lab 6088 

Continuing Education 6213 

Dean of Student Services 6233 

Financial Aid 6181 

Registrar 6215 

Safety and Security 6111 

Vice president/dean of faculty 6208 

Academic Offices* 

American Studies 6356 

Art 6015 

Biology 6175 

Chemistry 6140 

Economics 6330 

Education 6305 

English 6240 

Foreign Language 6250 

History 6355 

Honors Program 6210 

Management 6101 

Mathematical Sciences 6080 

Music 6275 

Philosophy 6130 

Physical Education 6364 

Physics 6150 

Political Sciences 6330 

Psychology 6195 

Religion " 6130 

Sociology 6155 

* Area code 717, prefix 867. 



163 



1995 - 1996 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 









First Semester 


August 


26 


Sat. 


9 a.m. 


Residence halls open for new students 




26 


Sat. 


10 a.m. 


First Year Experience 




26 


Sat. 


2 p.m. 


Opening Convocation 




27 


Sun. 


Noon 


Residence halls open for students 




28 


Mon. 


1 -4 p.m. 


Add/drop day 




28 


Mon. 


6:30 p.m. 


Evening classes begin 




29 


Tue. 


8 a.m. 


Day classes begin 


September 


22-24 


Fri. - Sun. 




Family Weekend 


October 


11 


Wed. 


Noon 


Mid-term grades due 




13-15 


Fri. -Sun. 




Homecoming Weekend 




20 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


Incomplete grades due 




20 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


Fall break begins 




24 


Tue. 


6:30 p.m. 


Classes resume 


November 


3 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


Last day to change registration or with- 
draw from a course 




22 


Wed. 


3 p.m. 


Thanksgiving vacation begins 




27 


Mon. 


8 a.m. 


Classes resume 


December 


8 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


Last day for first-semester freshmen to 
withdraw from a course 




8 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


Classes end 




11-16 


Mon. -Sat. 




Final examinations 




16 


Sat. 


5 p.m. 


Semester ends 




21 


Thu. 


Noon 


Final grades due 








Second Semester 


January 


14 


Sun. 


Noon 


Residence halls open 




15 


Mon. 


9-11 a.m. 


Add/drop day 




15 


Mon. 


1 p.m. 


Classes begin (labs only) 


February 


20 


Tue. 


11 a.m. 


Founders Day 




28 


Wed. 


Noon 


Mid-term grades due 


March 


1 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


Spring vacation begins 




11 


Mon. 


8 a.m. 


Classes resume 




15 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


Incomplete grades due 




29 


Fri. 


5 p.m. 


Last day to change registration or with- 
draw from a course 


April 


3 


Wed. 


9:30 p.m. 


Easter vacation begins 




8 


Mon. 


6:30 p.m. 


Classes resume 


May 


2 


Thu. 


5 p.m. 


Last day for first-semester freshmen to 
withdraw from a course 




2 


Thu. 


9:30 p.m. 


Classes end 




4-9 


Sat. - Thu. 




Final examinations 




9 


Thu. 


9:30 p.m. 


Semester ends 




10 


Fri. 


Noon 


Senior grades due 




11 


Sat. 


9 a.m. 


Baccalaureate service 




11 


Sat. 


11 a.m. 


127th Commencement 




17 


Fri. 


Noon 


All final grades due 



164 



Lebanon Valley College Non-profit 

Annville,PA 17003-0501 Organization 

POSTAGE PAID 

Address Correction Requested Permit No 9 



Annville, PA 17003